<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Myriad+jon</id>
	<title>[N8] - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Myriad+jon"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/Special:Contributions/Myriad_jon"/>
	<updated>2026-06-04T02:25:18Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.8</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Master_List&amp;diff=9015</id>
		<title>Master List</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Master_List&amp;diff=9015"/>
		<updated>2021-04-27T14:36:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: /* High Hopes PRIMARY */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page contains the full list of all announced features and updates and the production statuses.&lt;br /&gt;
== Initiatives ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Kickstarter Art Project {{red|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;PRIMARY&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}}===&lt;br /&gt;
The Kickstarter campaign will come to a close on April 29th 9:00 CST. The project is funded at $5,300 / $5,000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are the estimated assets that will be created from the KS project:&lt;br /&gt;
* Items / mod tiles - x100&lt;br /&gt;
* New characters - x3&lt;br /&gt;
* 3/4 view of ships - x20&lt;br /&gt;
* Expanded location-based art - 18-20&lt;br /&gt;
=== PVP Mechanic Rework {{red|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;DISCUSSION&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}} ===&lt;br /&gt;
Septimus has proposed and mapped out a rework of the entire PVP system. I think it has a ton of potential and is currently being fleshed out [https://forum.geministation.com/forumdisplay.php?fid=47 here].&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ship Location Rework {{red|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;SECONDARY&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}} ===&lt;br /&gt;
The ship location will change from an ETA system to a physical location system, allowing for additional, future systems to be implemented (blockades, pvp instances, etc.). &lt;br /&gt;
=== Trainable Crew ===&lt;br /&gt;
Train crew and send them on missions.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Engineering Upgrade ===&lt;br /&gt;
The engineering department on Gemini Station will totally revamped and will have deep meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
== Future Initiatives ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Guild Ships ===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile guild bases.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Habitats ===&lt;br /&gt;
Stationary, upgradeable player bases. &lt;br /&gt;
== Stories ==&lt;br /&gt;
These are the stories that are currently being worked on.&lt;br /&gt;
=== High Hopes {{red|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;PRIMARY&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}}===&lt;br /&gt;
Part 5 (level 23) is being mapped out.&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Art of Diplomacy ===&lt;br /&gt;
This story has been completed and all parts are currently live. &lt;br /&gt;
=== Space for Reckers ===&lt;br /&gt;
This story has been completed and all parts are currently live. &lt;br /&gt;
=== Agents of GemSec {{red|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;SECONDARY&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}}===&lt;br /&gt;
Part 1 (level 2) is being mapped out. &lt;br /&gt;
=== Code {{red|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;SECONDARY&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}}===&lt;br /&gt;
Part 1 (level 4) is being mapped out. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
= Key =&lt;br /&gt;
{{red|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;PRIMARY&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}} - This is the primary project being worked on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{red|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;DISCUSSION&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}} - This project is actively being discussed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{red|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;SECONDARY&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}} - This project is being developed, but is not the primary project.&lt;br /&gt;
= Pilot Submissions =&lt;br /&gt;
This section is for pilots to post ideas. Any idea posted that will be considered in the near(ish) future will be moved to the lists above. Don&#039;t be sad if your idea get&#039;s deleted, it&#039;ll still get added to Nor&#039;s pile of ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Post ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Name of Idea (Sub-heading 2) ====&lt;br /&gt;
Description of idea (paragraph)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Master_List&amp;diff=9014</id>
		<title>Master List</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Master_List&amp;diff=9014"/>
		<updated>2021-04-27T14:33:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page contains the full list of all announced features and updates and the production statuses.&lt;br /&gt;
== Initiatives ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Kickstarter Art Project {{red|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;PRIMARY&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}}===&lt;br /&gt;
The Kickstarter campaign will come to a close on April 29th 9:00 CST. The project is funded at $5,300 / $5,000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are the estimated assets that will be created from the KS project:&lt;br /&gt;
* Items / mod tiles - x100&lt;br /&gt;
* New characters - x3&lt;br /&gt;
* 3/4 view of ships - x20&lt;br /&gt;
* Expanded location-based art - 18-20&lt;br /&gt;
=== PVP Mechanic Rework {{red|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;DISCUSSION&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}} ===&lt;br /&gt;
Septimus has proposed and mapped out a rework of the entire PVP system. I think it has a ton of potential and is currently being fleshed out [https://forum.geministation.com/forumdisplay.php?fid=47 here].&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ship Location Rework {{red|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;SECONDARY&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}} ===&lt;br /&gt;
The ship location will change from an ETA system to a physical location system, allowing for additional, future systems to be implemented (blockades, pvp instances, etc.). &lt;br /&gt;
=== Trainable Crew ===&lt;br /&gt;
Train crew and send them on missions.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Engineering Upgrade ===&lt;br /&gt;
The engineering department on Gemini Station will totally revamped and will have deep meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
== Future Initiatives ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Guild Ships ===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile guild bases.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Habitats ===&lt;br /&gt;
Stationary, upgradeable player bases. &lt;br /&gt;
== Stories ==&lt;br /&gt;
These are the stories that are currently being worked on.&lt;br /&gt;
=== High Hopes {{red|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;PRIMARY&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}}===&lt;br /&gt;
Part 5 (level 23) is being mapped out.&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Art of Diplomacy ===&lt;br /&gt;
This story has been completed and all parts are currently live. &lt;br /&gt;
=== Space for Reckers ===&lt;br /&gt;
This story has been completed and all parts are currently live. &lt;br /&gt;
=== Agents of GemSec {{red|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;SECONDARY&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}}===&lt;br /&gt;
Part 1 (level 2) is being mapped out. &lt;br /&gt;
= Key =&lt;br /&gt;
{{red|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;PRIMARY&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}} - This is the primary project being worked on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{red|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;DISCUSSION&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}} - This project is actively being discussed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{red|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;SECONDARY&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}} - This project is being developed, but is not the primary project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Pilot Submissions =&lt;br /&gt;
This section is for pilots to post ideas. Any idea posted that will be considered in the near(ish) future will be moved to the lists above. Don&#039;t be sad if your idea get&#039;s deleted, it&#039;ll still get added to Nor&#039;s pile of ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example Post ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Name of Idea (Sub-heading 2) ====&lt;br /&gt;
Description of idea (paragraph)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Master_List&amp;diff=9013</id>
		<title>Master List</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Master_List&amp;diff=9013"/>
		<updated>2021-04-27T14:30:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: /* Stories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page contains the full list of all announced features and updates and the production statuses.&lt;br /&gt;
== Initiatives ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Kickstarter Art Project {{red|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;PRIMARY&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}}===&lt;br /&gt;
The Kickstarter campaign will come to a close on April 29th 9:00 CST. The project is funded at $5,300 / $5,000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are the estimated assets that will be created from the KS project:&lt;br /&gt;
* Items / mod tiles - x100&lt;br /&gt;
* New characters - x3&lt;br /&gt;
* 3/4 view of ships - x20&lt;br /&gt;
* Expanded location-based art - 18-20&lt;br /&gt;
=== PVP Mechanic Rework {{red|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;DISCUSSION&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}} ===&lt;br /&gt;
Septimus has proposed and mapped out a rework of the entire PVP system. I think it has a ton of potential and is currently being fleshed out [https://forum.geministation.com/forumdisplay.php?fid=47 here].&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ship Location Rework {{red|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;SECONDARY&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}} ===&lt;br /&gt;
The ship location will change from an ETA system to a physical location system, allowing for additional, future systems to be implemented (blockades, pvp instances, etc.). &lt;br /&gt;
=== Trainable Crew ===&lt;br /&gt;
Train crew and send them on missions.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Engineering Upgrade ===&lt;br /&gt;
The engineering department on Gemini Station will totally revamped and will have deep meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
== Future Initiatives ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Guild Ships ===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile guild bases.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Habitats ===&lt;br /&gt;
Stationary, upgradeable player bases. &lt;br /&gt;
== Stories ==&lt;br /&gt;
These are the stories that are currently being worked on.&lt;br /&gt;
=== High Hopes {{red|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;PRIMARY&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}}===&lt;br /&gt;
Part 5 (level 23) is being mapped out.&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Art of Diplomacy ===&lt;br /&gt;
This story has been completed and all parts are currently live. &lt;br /&gt;
=== Space for Reckers ===&lt;br /&gt;
This story has been completed and all parts are currently live. &lt;br /&gt;
=== Agents of GemSec {{red|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;SECONDARY&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}}===&lt;br /&gt;
Part 1 (level 2) is being mapped out. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Key =&lt;br /&gt;
{{red|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;PRIMARY&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}} - This is the primary project being worked on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{red|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;DISCUSSION&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}} - This project is actively being discussed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{red|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;SECONDARY&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}} - This project is being developed, but is not the primary project.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Master_List&amp;diff=9012</id>
		<title>Master List</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Master_List&amp;diff=9012"/>
		<updated>2021-04-27T14:29:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page contains the full list of all announced features and updates and the production statuses.&lt;br /&gt;
== Initiatives ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Kickstarter Art Project {{red|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;PRIMARY&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}}===&lt;br /&gt;
The Kickstarter campaign will come to a close on April 29th 9:00 CST. The project is funded at $5,300 / $5,000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are the estimated assets that will be created from the KS project:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Items / mod tiles - x100&lt;br /&gt;
* New characters - x3&lt;br /&gt;
* 3/4 view of ships - x20&lt;br /&gt;
* Expanded location-based art - 18-20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PVP Mechanic Rework {{red|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;DISCUSSION&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}} ===&lt;br /&gt;
Septimus has proposed and mapped out a rework of the entire PVP system. I think it has a ton of potential and is currently being fleshed out [https://forum.geministation.com/forumdisplay.php?fid=47 here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ship Location Rework {{red|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;SECONDARY&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}} ===&lt;br /&gt;
The ship location will change from an ETA system to a physical location system, allowing for additional, future systems to be implemented (blockades, pvp instances, etc.). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Trainable Crew ===&lt;br /&gt;
Train crew and send them on missions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Engineering Upgrade ===&lt;br /&gt;
The engineering department on Gemini Station will totally revamped and will have deep meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Future Initiatives ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Guild Ships ===&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile guild bases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Habitats ===&lt;br /&gt;
Stationary, upgradeable player bases. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Stories ==&lt;br /&gt;
These are the stories that are currently being worked on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== High Hopes ===&lt;br /&gt;
Part 5 (level 23) is being mapped out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Art of Diplomacy ===&lt;br /&gt;
This story has been completed and all parts are currently live. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Space for Reckers ===&lt;br /&gt;
This story has been completed and all parts are currently live. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Agents of GemSec ===&lt;br /&gt;
Part 1 (level 2) is being mapped out. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Key =&lt;br /&gt;
{{red|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;PRIMARY&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}} - This is the primary project being worked on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{red|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;DISCUSSION&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}} - This project is actively being discussed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{red|&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;SECONDARY&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}} - This project is being developed, but is not the primary project.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Master_List&amp;diff=9011</id>
		<title>Master List</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Master_List&amp;diff=9011"/>
		<updated>2021-04-27T13:29:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: initial setup&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page contains the full list of all announced features and updates and the production statuses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Initiatives ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Kickstarter Art Project ====&lt;br /&gt;
The Kickstarter campaign will come to a close on April 29th 9:00 CST. The project is funded at $5,300 / $5,000.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Guild_Influence&amp;diff=1372</id>
		<title>Guild Influence</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Guild_Influence&amp;diff=1372"/>
		<updated>2020-01-06T00:30:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: Created page with &amp;quot;Guild Influence, or GI, is an action-based guild currency that is earned by guild members. Guild members who are draining, hacking, attacking, and boosting both NPC and player...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Guild Influence, or GI, is an action-based guild currency that is earned by guild members. Guild members who are draining, hacking, attacking, and boosting both NPC and player ships will earn 1 GI (per each action). The current GI will appear on your guild&#039;s News &amp;amp; Info page. If a guild wishes to declare war on another guild, the guild leader (or co-leaders) will have to spend Guild Influence to declare war on a guild. The thought behind this being, the defending guild would have no interest in a war from a guild they&#039;ve never heard of, but if a guild has built up notoriety or.....influence, then a declared war would be taken serious.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actions that award guild points:&lt;br /&gt;
Hack NPC&lt;br /&gt;
Hack PVP&lt;br /&gt;
Drain PVP&lt;br /&gt;
Drain NPC&lt;br /&gt;
Boost PVP&lt;br /&gt;
Boost NPC&lt;br /&gt;
Win NPC Combat&lt;br /&gt;
Win PVP Combat&lt;br /&gt;
Initiate Travel&lt;br /&gt;
Hack - Location - Cash &lt;br /&gt;
Hack - Location - Goods&lt;br /&gt;
Hack - Location - Int&lt;br /&gt;
Hack - Location - Mods&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1050</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1050"/>
		<updated>2019-12-30T02:48:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!--        BANNER ACROSS TOP OF PAGE        --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{MainTemplate&lt;br /&gt;
| welcome = &lt;br /&gt;
| blurb = &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--        ABOUT GEMINI STATION        --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| about_title = About Gemini Station&lt;br /&gt;
| about_content = &#039;&#039;&#039;[https://www.geministation.com/ Gemini Station]&#039;&#039;&#039; is a free, browser-based space RPG. Focused on trade, piracy, or espionage.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--        IMPROVE GEMINI STATION WIKI        --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| featured_title = Want to help improve the wiki?&lt;br /&gt;
| featured_content = This wiki is moderated and maintained by the Gemini Station creator and contributors. Anyone can contribute to the wiki. If you want to become a contributor please register (though you can also edit anonymously), and check out the [[Work needed|work needed page]]. If you spot anything in need of improvement, don&#039;t hesitate to make an edit. If you plan on making any major changes it is recommended that you consult one of the main contributors of the wiki about it first and that you read the [[Style|style guidelines]].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that all contributions to [N8] may be edited, altered, or removed by the main contribution team. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--        LATEST PATCHES        --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| news_title = Latest Patches&lt;br /&gt;
| news_content = &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float:left; margin-right: 10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; Patch History&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;10-01-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.5|Patch 0.9.5]] released &#039;&#039;&#039;current&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;09-04-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.4|Patch 0.9.4]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;00-00-00&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.3|Patch 0.9.3]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;07-19-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.2|Patch 0.9.2]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;06-18-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.1|Patch 0.9.1]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;06-06-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.0|Patch 0.9.0]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;04-26-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.8.1|Patch 0.8.1]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;04-14-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.8.0|Patch 0.8.0]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;00-00-00&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.7.1|Patch 0.7.1]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;03-29-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.7.0|Patch 0.7.0]] released&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float:left; margin-right: 130px; color: white;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;_&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float:left; margin-right: 10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| image_title = _&lt;br /&gt;
| image_content = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Other_title = &lt;br /&gt;
| Other_content = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| sections_title = Important pages&lt;br /&gt;
| sections_content =&lt;br /&gt;
* [[About Gemini Station|About Gemini Station]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Beginner%27s_guide|Beginner&#039;s Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[(N8)&#039;s Survival Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2 style=&amp;quot;margin-top:0.3em&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Game Features &amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Items|Item Chart]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2 style=&amp;quot;margin-top:0.3em&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Game Concepts &amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Ship Mods 101]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Attributes]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2 style=&amp;quot;margin-top:0.3em&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Main Contributors &amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:Genesis|Genesis]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:Zero|Zero]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2 style=&amp;quot;margin-top:0.3em&amp;quot;&amp;gt; External Links &amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.geministation.com/ Main Website]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.facebook.com/geministationonline Facebook]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://twitter.com/geministation Twitter]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.reddit.com/r/GeminiStation/ Reddit]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://discord.gg/fFGyXp4 Unofficial Discord]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{WikiNavbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Wiki]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1049</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1049"/>
		<updated>2019-12-30T02:47:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!--        BANNER ACROSS TOP OF PAGE        --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{MainTemplate&lt;br /&gt;
| welcome = &lt;br /&gt;
| blurb = The [[About Gemini Station|Gemini Station]] Wiki that you can edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--        ABOUT GEMINI STATION        --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| about_title = About Gemini Station&lt;br /&gt;
| about_content = &#039;&#039;&#039;[https://www.geministation.com/ Gemini Station]&#039;&#039;&#039; is a free, browser-based space RPG. Focused on trade, piracy, or espionage.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--        IMPROVE GEMINI STATION WIKI        --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| featured_title = Want to help improve the wiki?&lt;br /&gt;
| featured_content = This wiki is moderated and maintained by the Gemini Station creator and contributors. Anyone can contribute to the wiki. If you want to become a contributor please register (though you can also edit anonymously), and check out the [[Work needed|work needed page]]. If you spot anything in need of improvement, don&#039;t hesitate to make an edit. If you plan on making any major changes it is recommended that you consult one of the main contributors of the wiki about it first and that you read the [[Style|style guidelines]].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that all contributions to [N8] may be edited, altered, or removed by the main contribution team. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--        LATEST PATCHES        --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| news_title = Latest Patches&lt;br /&gt;
| news_content = &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float:left; margin-right: 10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; Patch History&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;10-01-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.5|Patch 0.9.5]] released &#039;&#039;&#039;current&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;09-04-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.4|Patch 0.9.4]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;00-00-00&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.3|Patch 0.9.3]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;07-19-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.2|Patch 0.9.2]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;06-18-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.1|Patch 0.9.1]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;06-06-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.0|Patch 0.9.0]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;04-26-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.8.1|Patch 0.8.1]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;04-14-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.8.0|Patch 0.8.0]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;00-00-00&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.7.1|Patch 0.7.1]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;03-29-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.7.0|Patch 0.7.0]] released&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float:left; margin-right: 130px; color: white;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;_&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float:left; margin-right: 10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| image_title = _&lt;br /&gt;
| image_content = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Other_title = &lt;br /&gt;
| Other_content = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| sections_title = Important pages&lt;br /&gt;
| sections_content =&lt;br /&gt;
* [[About Gemini Station|About Gemini Station]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Beginner%27s_guide|Beginner&#039;s Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[(N8)&#039;s Survival Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2 style=&amp;quot;margin-top:0.3em&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Game Features &amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Items|Item Chart]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2 style=&amp;quot;margin-top:0.3em&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Game Concepts &amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Ship Mods 101]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Attributes]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2 style=&amp;quot;margin-top:0.3em&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Main Contributors &amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:Genesis|Genesis]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:Zero|Zero]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2 style=&amp;quot;margin-top:0.3em&amp;quot;&amp;gt; External Links &amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.geministation.com/ Main Website]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.facebook.com/geministationonline Facebook]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://twitter.com/geministation Twitter]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.reddit.com/r/GeminiStation/ Reddit]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://discord.gg/fFGyXp4 Unofficial Discord]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{WikiNavbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Wiki]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1048</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1048"/>
		<updated>2019-12-30T02:47:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!--        BANNER ACROSS TOP OF PAGE        --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{MainTemplate&lt;br /&gt;
| welcome = [[|]]&lt;br /&gt;
| blurb = The [[About Gemini Station|Gemini Station]] Wiki that you can edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--        ABOUT GEMINI STATION        --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| about_title = About Gemini Station&lt;br /&gt;
| about_content = &#039;&#039;&#039;[https://www.geministation.com/ Gemini Station]&#039;&#039;&#039; is a free, browser-based space RPG. Focused on trade, piracy, or espionage.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--        IMPROVE GEMINI STATION WIKI        --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| featured_title = Want to help improve the wiki?&lt;br /&gt;
| featured_content = This wiki is moderated and maintained by the Gemini Station creator and contributors. Anyone can contribute to the wiki. If you want to become a contributor please register (though you can also edit anonymously), and check out the [[Work needed|work needed page]]. If you spot anything in need of improvement, don&#039;t hesitate to make an edit. If you plan on making any major changes it is recommended that you consult one of the main contributors of the wiki about it first and that you read the [[Style|style guidelines]].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that all contributions to [N8] may be edited, altered, or removed by the main contribution team. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--        LATEST PATCHES        --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| news_title = Latest Patches&lt;br /&gt;
| news_content = &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float:left; margin-right: 10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; Patch History&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;10-01-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.5|Patch 0.9.5]] released &#039;&#039;&#039;current&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;09-04-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.4|Patch 0.9.4]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;00-00-00&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.3|Patch 0.9.3]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;07-19-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.2|Patch 0.9.2]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;06-18-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.1|Patch 0.9.1]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;06-06-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.0|Patch 0.9.0]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;04-26-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.8.1|Patch 0.8.1]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;04-14-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.8.0|Patch 0.8.0]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;00-00-00&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.7.1|Patch 0.7.1]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;03-29-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.7.0|Patch 0.7.0]] released&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float:left; margin-right: 130px; color: white;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;_&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float:left; margin-right: 10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| image_title = _&lt;br /&gt;
| image_content = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Other_title = &lt;br /&gt;
| Other_content = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| sections_title = Important pages&lt;br /&gt;
| sections_content =&lt;br /&gt;
* [[About Gemini Station|About Gemini Station]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Beginner%27s_guide|Beginner&#039;s Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[(N8)&#039;s Survival Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2 style=&amp;quot;margin-top:0.3em&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Game Features &amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Items|Item Chart]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2 style=&amp;quot;margin-top:0.3em&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Game Concepts &amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Ship Mods 101]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Attributes]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2 style=&amp;quot;margin-top:0.3em&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Main Contributors &amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:Genesis|Genesis]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:Zero|Zero]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2 style=&amp;quot;margin-top:0.3em&amp;quot;&amp;gt; External Links &amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.geministation.com/ Main Website]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.facebook.com/geministationonline Facebook]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://twitter.com/geministation Twitter]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.reddit.com/r/GeminiStation/ Reddit]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://discord.gg/fFGyXp4 Unofficial Discord]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{WikiNavbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Wiki]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1047</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1047"/>
		<updated>2019-12-30T02:47:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!--        BANNER ACROSS TOP OF PAGE        --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{MainTemplate&lt;br /&gt;
| welcome = [[|link=|]]&lt;br /&gt;
| blurb = The [[About Gemini Station|Gemini Station]] Wiki that you can edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--        ABOUT GEMINI STATION        --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| about_title = About Gemini Station&lt;br /&gt;
| about_content = &#039;&#039;&#039;[https://www.geministation.com/ Gemini Station]&#039;&#039;&#039; is a free, browser-based space RPG. Focused on trade, piracy, or espionage.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--        IMPROVE GEMINI STATION WIKI        --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| featured_title = Want to help improve the wiki?&lt;br /&gt;
| featured_content = This wiki is moderated and maintained by the Gemini Station creator and contributors. Anyone can contribute to the wiki. If you want to become a contributor please register (though you can also edit anonymously), and check out the [[Work needed|work needed page]]. If you spot anything in need of improvement, don&#039;t hesitate to make an edit. If you plan on making any major changes it is recommended that you consult one of the main contributors of the wiki about it first and that you read the [[Style|style guidelines]].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that all contributions to [N8] may be edited, altered, or removed by the main contribution team. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--        LATEST PATCHES        --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| news_title = Latest Patches&lt;br /&gt;
| news_content = &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float:left; margin-right: 10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; Patch History&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;10-01-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.5|Patch 0.9.5]] released &#039;&#039;&#039;current&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;09-04-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.4|Patch 0.9.4]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;00-00-00&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.3|Patch 0.9.3]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;07-19-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.2|Patch 0.9.2]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;06-18-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.1|Patch 0.9.1]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;06-06-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.0|Patch 0.9.0]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;04-26-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.8.1|Patch 0.8.1]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;04-14-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.8.0|Patch 0.8.0]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;00-00-00&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.7.1|Patch 0.7.1]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;03-29-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.7.0|Patch 0.7.0]] released&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float:left; margin-right: 130px; color: white;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;_&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float:left; margin-right: 10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| image_title = _&lt;br /&gt;
| image_content = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Other_title = &lt;br /&gt;
| Other_content = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| sections_title = Important pages&lt;br /&gt;
| sections_content =&lt;br /&gt;
* [[About Gemini Station|About Gemini Station]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Beginner%27s_guide|Beginner&#039;s Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[(N8)&#039;s Survival Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2 style=&amp;quot;margin-top:0.3em&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Game Features &amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Items|Item Chart]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2 style=&amp;quot;margin-top:0.3em&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Game Concepts &amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Ship Mods 101]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Attributes]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2 style=&amp;quot;margin-top:0.3em&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Main Contributors &amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:Genesis|Genesis]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:Zero|Zero]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2 style=&amp;quot;margin-top:0.3em&amp;quot;&amp;gt; External Links &amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.geministation.com/ Main Website]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.facebook.com/geministationonline Facebook]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://twitter.com/geministation Twitter]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.reddit.com/r/GeminiStation/ Reddit]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://discord.gg/fFGyXp4 Unofficial Discord]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{WikiNavbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Wiki]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1046</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1046"/>
		<updated>2019-12-30T02:46:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: Reverted edits by Myriad jon (talk) to last revision by Genesis&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!--        BANNER ACROSS TOP OF PAGE        --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{MainTemplate&lt;br /&gt;
| welcome = [[File:Gemini Station Logo.png|link=|&amp;lt;span title=&amp;quot;Gemini Station Wiki&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| blurb = The [[About Gemini Station|Gemini Station]] Wiki that you can edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--        ABOUT GEMINI STATION        --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| about_title = About Gemini Station&lt;br /&gt;
| about_content = &#039;&#039;&#039;[https://www.geministation.com/ Gemini Station]&#039;&#039;&#039; is a free, browser-based space RPG. Focused on trade, piracy, or espionage.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--        IMPROVE GEMINI STATION WIKI        --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| featured_title = Want to help improve the wiki?&lt;br /&gt;
| featured_content = This wiki is moderated and maintained by the Gemini Station creator and contributors. Anyone can contribute to the wiki. If you want to become a contributor please register (though you can also edit anonymously), and check out the [[Work needed|work needed page]]. If you spot anything in need of improvement, don&#039;t hesitate to make an edit. If you plan on making any major changes it is recommended that you consult one of the main contributors of the wiki about it first and that you read the [[Style|style guidelines]].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that all contributions to [N8] may be edited, altered, or removed by the main contribution team. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--        LATEST PATCHES        --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| news_title = Latest Patches&lt;br /&gt;
| news_content = &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float:left; margin-right: 10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; Patch History&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;10-01-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.5|Patch 0.9.5]] released &#039;&#039;&#039;current&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;09-04-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.4|Patch 0.9.4]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;00-00-00&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.3|Patch 0.9.3]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;07-19-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.2|Patch 0.9.2]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;06-18-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.1|Patch 0.9.1]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;06-06-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.0|Patch 0.9.0]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;04-26-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.8.1|Patch 0.8.1]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;04-14-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.8.0|Patch 0.8.0]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;00-00-00&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.7.1|Patch 0.7.1]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;03-29-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.7.0|Patch 0.7.0]] released&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float:left; margin-right: 130px; color: white;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;_&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float:left; margin-right: 10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| image_title = _&lt;br /&gt;
| image_content = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Other_title = &lt;br /&gt;
| Other_content = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| sections_title = Important pages&lt;br /&gt;
| sections_content =&lt;br /&gt;
* [[About Gemini Station|About Gemini Station]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Beginner%27s_guide|Beginner&#039;s Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[(N8)&#039;s Survival Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2 style=&amp;quot;margin-top:0.3em&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Game Features &amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Items|Item Chart]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2 style=&amp;quot;margin-top:0.3em&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Game Concepts &amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Ship Mods 101]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Attributes]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2 style=&amp;quot;margin-top:0.3em&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Main Contributors &amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:Genesis|Genesis]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:Zero|Zero]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2 style=&amp;quot;margin-top:0.3em&amp;quot;&amp;gt; External Links &amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.geministation.com/ Main Website]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.facebook.com/geministationonline Facebook]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://twitter.com/geministation Twitter]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.reddit.com/r/GeminiStation/ Reddit]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://discord.gg/fFGyXp4 Unofficial Discord]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{WikiNavbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Wiki]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1045</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1045"/>
		<updated>2019-12-30T02:46:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!--        BANNER ACROSS TOP OF PAGE        --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{MainTemplate&lt;br /&gt;
| welcome = [[]]&lt;br /&gt;
| blurb = The [[&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--        ABOUT GEMINI STATION        --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| about_title = About Gemini Station&lt;br /&gt;
| about_content = &#039;&#039;&#039;[https://www.geministation.com/ Gemini Station]&#039;&#039;&#039; is a free, browser-based space RPG. Focused on trade, piracy, or espionage.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--        IMPROVE GEMINI STATION WIKI        --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| featured_title = Want to help improve the wiki?&lt;br /&gt;
| featured_content = This wiki is moderated and maintained by the Gemini Station creator and contributors. Anyone can contribute to the wiki. If you want to become a contributor please register (though you can also edit anonymously), and check out the [[Work needed|work needed page]]. If you spot anything in need of improvement, don&#039;t hesitate to make an edit. If you plan on making any major changes it is recommended that you consult one of the main contributors of the wiki about it first and that you read the [[Style|style guidelines]].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that all contributions to [N8] may be edited, altered, or removed by the main contribution team. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--        LATEST PATCHES        --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| news_title = Latest Patches&lt;br /&gt;
| news_content = &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float:left; margin-right: 10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; Patch History&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;10-01-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.5|Patch 0.9.5]] released &#039;&#039;&#039;current&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;09-04-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.4|Patch 0.9.4]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;00-00-00&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.3|Patch 0.9.3]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;07-19-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.2|Patch 0.9.2]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;06-18-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.1|Patch 0.9.1]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;06-06-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.0|Patch 0.9.0]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;04-26-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.8.1|Patch 0.8.1]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;04-14-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.8.0|Patch 0.8.0]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;00-00-00&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.7.1|Patch 0.7.1]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;03-29-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.7.0|Patch 0.7.0]] released&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float:left; margin-right: 130px; color: white;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;_&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float:left; margin-right: 10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| image_title = _&lt;br /&gt;
| image_content = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Other_title = &lt;br /&gt;
| Other_content = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| sections_title = Important pages&lt;br /&gt;
| sections_content =&lt;br /&gt;
* [[About Gemini Station|About Gemini Station]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Beginner%27s_guide|Beginner&#039;s Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[(N8)&#039;s Survival Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2 style=&amp;quot;margin-top:0.3em&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Game Features &amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Items|Item Chart]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2 style=&amp;quot;margin-top:0.3em&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Game Concepts &amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Ship Mods 101]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Attributes]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2 style=&amp;quot;margin-top:0.3em&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Main Contributors &amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:Genesis|Genesis]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:Zero|Zero]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2 style=&amp;quot;margin-top:0.3em&amp;quot;&amp;gt; External Links &amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.geministation.com/ Main Website]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.facebook.com/geministationonline Facebook]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://twitter.com/geministation Twitter]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.reddit.com/r/GeminiStation/ Reddit]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://discord.gg/fFGyXp4 Unofficial Discord]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{WikiNavbox}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Wiki]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Encounters&amp;diff=700</id>
		<title>Encounters</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Encounters&amp;diff=700"/>
		<updated>2019-12-22T02:48:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: Created page with &amp;quot;Encounters are group combat events. One to three pilots face off against one to five NPC units. Encounters become available at level 10.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Encounters are group combat events. One to three pilots face off against one to five NPC units. Encounters become available at level 10.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=523</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=523"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T22:05:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{UnderConstruction}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--        BANNER ACROSS TOP OF PAGE        --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{MainTemplate&lt;br /&gt;
| welcome = [[File:Gemini Station Logo.png|link=|&amp;lt;span title=&amp;quot;Gemini Station Wiki&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
| blurb = The [[About Gemini Station|Gemini Station]] Wiki that you can edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--        ABOUT GEMINI STATION        --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| about_title = About Gemini Station&lt;br /&gt;
| about_content = &#039;&#039;&#039;[https://www.geministation.com/ Gemini Station]&#039;&#039;&#039; is a free, browser-based space RPG. Focused on trade, piracy, or espionage.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--        IMPROVE GEMINI STATION WIKI        --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| featured_title = Want to help improve the wiki?&lt;br /&gt;
| featured_content = This wiki is moderated and maintained by the Gemini Station creator and contributors. Anyone can contribute to the wiki. If you want to become a contributor please register (though you can also edit anonymously). If you spot anything in need of improvement, don&#039;t hesitate to make an edit. If you plan on making any major changes it is recommended that you consult one of the main contributors of the wiki about it first and that you read the [[Style|style guidelines]] first.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that all contributions to [N8] may be edited, altered, or removed by the main contribution team. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--        LATEST PATCHES        --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| news_title = Latest Patches&lt;br /&gt;
| news_content = &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float:left; margin-right: 10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; Patch History&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;10-01-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.5|Patch 0.9.5]] released &#039;&#039;&#039;current&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;09-04-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.4|Patch 0.9.4]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;00-00-00&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.3|Patch 0.9.3]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;07-19-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.2|Patch 0.9.2]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;06-18-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.1|Patch 0.9.1]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;06-06-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.9.0|Patch 0.9.0]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;04-26-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.8.1|Patch 0.8.1]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;04-14-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.8.0|Patch 0.8.0]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;00-00-00&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.7.1|Patch 0.7.1]] released&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;03-29-19&#039;&#039;&#039; - [[Patch 0.7.0|Patch 0.7.0]] released&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float:left; margin-right: 130px; color: white;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;_&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float:left; margin-right: 10px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| image_title = _&lt;br /&gt;
| image_content = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Other_title = Other Content&lt;br /&gt;
| Other_content = &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Page7]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Page8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| sections_title = Important pages&lt;br /&gt;
| sections_content =&lt;br /&gt;
* [[About Gemini Station|About Gemini Station]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Beginner%27s_guide|Beginner&#039;s Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[(N8)&#039;s Survival Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Items|Item Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;[http://wiki.geministation.com/Special:AllPages Click here] to view all pages.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2 style=&amp;quot;margin-top:0.3em&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Main Wiki Contributors &amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:Genesis|Genesis]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User:Zero|Zero]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2 style=&amp;quot;margin-top:0.3em&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Category1 &amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Page1]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Page2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2 style=&amp;quot;margin-top:0.3em&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Category2 &amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Page3]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Page4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2 style=&amp;quot;margin-top:0.3em&amp;quot;&amp;gt; External Links &amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.geministation.com/ Main Website]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.facebook.com/geministationonline Facebook]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://twitter.com/geministation Twitter]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.reddit.com/r/GeminiStation/ Reddit]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://discord.gg/fFGyXp4 Unofficial Discord]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Wiki]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Yesno/doc&amp;diff=382</id>
		<title>Module:Yesno/doc</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Yesno/doc&amp;diff=382"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{High-use|19580191|all-pages = yes}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{used in system}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Module rating|protected}}&lt;br /&gt;
This module provides a consistent interface for processing boolean or boolean-style string input. While Lua allows the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;true&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;false&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; boolean values, wikicode templates can only express boolean values through strings such as &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;no&amp;quot;, etc. This module processes these kinds of strings and turns them into boolean input for Lua to process. It also returns &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nil&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; values as &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nil&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, to allow for distinctions between &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nil&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;false&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The module also accepts other Lua structures as input, i.e. booleans, numbers, tables, and functions. If it is passed input that it does not recognise as boolean or &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nil&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, it is possible to specify a default value to return.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Syntax ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;lua&amp;quot;&amp;gt;yesno(value, default)&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;value&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is the value to be tested. Boolean input or boolean-style input (see below) always evaluates to either &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;true&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;false&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nil&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; always evaluates to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nil&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. Other values evaluate to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;default&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Usage ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, load the module. Note that it can only be loaded from other Lua modules, not from normal wiki pages. For normal wiki pages you can use {{tl|yesno}} instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;lua&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
local yesno = require(&#039;Module:Yesno&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some input values always return &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;true&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, and some always return &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;false&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nil&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; values always return &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nil&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;lua&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
-- These always return true:&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(&#039;yes&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(&#039;y&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(&#039;true&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(&#039;t&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(&#039;1&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(1)&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(true)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- These always return false:&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(&#039;no&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(&#039;n&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(&#039;false&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(&#039;f&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(&#039;0&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(0)&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(false)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- A nil value always returns nil:&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(nil)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
String values are converted to lower case before they are matched:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;lua&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
-- These always return true:&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(&#039;Yes&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(&#039;YES&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(&#039;yEs&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(&#039;Y&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(&#039;tRuE&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- These always return false:&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(&#039;No&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(&#039;NO&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(&#039;nO&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(&#039;N&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(&#039;fALsE&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can specify a default value if yesno receives input other than that listed above. If you don&#039;t supply a default, the module will return &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nil&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for these inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;lua&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
-- These return nil:&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(&#039;foo&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
yesno({})&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(5)&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(function() return &#039;This is a function.&#039; end)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- These return true:&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(&#039;foo&#039;, true)&lt;br /&gt;
yesno({}, true)&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(5, true)&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(function() return &#039;This is a function.&#039; end, true)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- These return &amp;quot;bar&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(&#039;foo&#039;, &#039;bar&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
yesno({}, &#039;bar&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(5, &#039;bar&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(function() return &#039;This is a function.&#039; end, &#039;bar&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the blank string also functions this way:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;lua&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(&#039;&#039;)        -- Returns nil.&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(&#039;&#039;, true)  -- Returns true.&lt;br /&gt;
yesno(&#039;&#039;, &#039;bar&#039;) -- Returns &amp;quot;bar&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the blank string usually evaluates to false in wikitext, it evaluates to true in Lua. This module prefers the Lua behaviour over the wikitext behaviour. If treating the blank string as false is important for your module, you will need to remove blank arguments at an earlier stage of processing.&amp;lt;includeonly&amp;gt;{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|sandbox||&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Lua metamodules]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/includeonly&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:TableTools&amp;diff=380</id>
		<title>Module:TableTools</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:TableTools&amp;diff=380"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;--[[&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--                               TableTools                                       --&lt;br /&gt;
--                                                                                --&lt;br /&gt;
-- This module includes a number of functions for dealing with Lua tables.        --&lt;br /&gt;
-- It is a meta-module, meant to be called from other Lua modules, and should     --&lt;br /&gt;
-- not be called directly from #invoke.                                           --&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local libraryUtil = require(&#039;libraryUtil&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local p = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Define often-used variables and functions.&lt;br /&gt;
local floor = math.floor&lt;br /&gt;
local infinity = math.huge&lt;br /&gt;
local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType&lt;br /&gt;
local checkTypeMulti = libraryUtil.checkTypeMulti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- isPositiveInteger&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- This function returns true if the given value is a positive integer, and false&lt;br /&gt;
-- if not. Although it doesn&#039;t operate on tables, it is included here as it is&lt;br /&gt;
-- useful for determining whether a given table key is in the array part or the&lt;br /&gt;
-- hash part of a table.&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
function p.isPositiveInteger(v)&lt;br /&gt;
	if type(v) == &#039;number&#039; and v &amp;gt;= 1 and floor(v) == v and v &amp;lt; infinity then&lt;br /&gt;
		return true&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return false&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- isNan&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- This function returns true if the given number is a NaN value, and false&lt;br /&gt;
-- if not. Although it doesn&#039;t operate on tables, it is included here as it is&lt;br /&gt;
-- useful for determining whether a value can be a valid table key. Lua will&lt;br /&gt;
-- generate an error if a NaN is used as a table key.&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
function p.isNan(v)&lt;br /&gt;
	if type(v) == &#039;number&#039; and tostring(v) == &#039;-nan&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return true&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return false&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- shallowClone&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- This returns a clone of a table. The value returned is a new table, but all&lt;br /&gt;
-- subtables and functions are shared. Metamethods are respected, but the returned&lt;br /&gt;
-- table will have no metatable of its own.&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
function p.shallowClone(t)&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for k, v in pairs(t) do&lt;br /&gt;
		ret[k] = v&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return ret&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- removeDuplicates&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- This removes duplicate values from an array. Non-positive-integer keys are&lt;br /&gt;
-- ignored. The earliest value is kept, and all subsequent duplicate values are&lt;br /&gt;
-- removed, but otherwise the array order is unchanged.&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
function p.removeDuplicates(t)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;removeDuplicates&#039;, 1, t, &#039;table&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	local isNan = p.isNan&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret, exists = {}, {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for i, v in ipairs(t) do&lt;br /&gt;
		if isNan(v) then&lt;br /&gt;
			-- NaNs can&#039;t be table keys, and they are also unique, so we don&#039;t need to check existence.&lt;br /&gt;
			ret[#ret + 1] = v&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			if not exists[v] then&lt;br /&gt;
				ret[#ret + 1] = v&lt;br /&gt;
				exists[v] = true&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end	&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return ret&lt;br /&gt;
end			&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- numKeys&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of any numerical&lt;br /&gt;
-- keys that have non-nil values, sorted in numerical order.&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
function p.numKeys(t)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;numKeys&#039;, 1, t, &#039;table&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	local isPositiveInteger = p.isPositiveInteger&lt;br /&gt;
	local nums = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for k, v in pairs(t) do&lt;br /&gt;
		if isPositiveInteger(k) then&lt;br /&gt;
			nums[#nums + 1] = k&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	table.sort(nums)&lt;br /&gt;
	return nums&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- affixNums&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of keys with the&lt;br /&gt;
-- specified prefix and suffix. For example, for the table&lt;br /&gt;
-- {a1 = &#039;foo&#039;, a3 = &#039;bar&#039;, a6 = &#039;baz&#039;} and the prefix &amp;quot;a&amp;quot;, affixNums will&lt;br /&gt;
-- return {1, 3, 6}.&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
function p.affixNums(t, prefix, suffix)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;affixNums&#039;, 1, t, &#039;table&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;affixNums&#039;, 2, prefix, &#039;string&#039;, true)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;affixNums&#039;, 3, suffix, &#039;string&#039;, true)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local function cleanPattern(s)&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Cleans a pattern so that the magic characters ()%.[]*+-?^$ are interpreted literally.&lt;br /&gt;
		s = s:gsub(&#039;([%(%)%%%.%[%]%*%+%-%?%^%$])&#039;, &#039;%%%1&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		return s&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	prefix = prefix or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	suffix = suffix or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	prefix = cleanPattern(prefix)&lt;br /&gt;
	suffix = cleanPattern(suffix)&lt;br /&gt;
	local pattern = &#039;^&#039; .. prefix .. &#039;([1-9]%d*)&#039; .. suffix .. &#039;$&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local nums = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for k, v in pairs(t) do&lt;br /&gt;
		if type(k) == &#039;string&#039; then			&lt;br /&gt;
			local num = mw.ustring.match(k, pattern)&lt;br /&gt;
			if num then&lt;br /&gt;
				nums[#nums + 1] = tonumber(num)&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	table.sort(nums)&lt;br /&gt;
	return nums&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- numData&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- Given a table with keys like (&amp;quot;foo1&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;bar1&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;foo2&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;baz2&amp;quot;), returns a table&lt;br /&gt;
-- of subtables in the format &lt;br /&gt;
-- { [1] = {foo = &#039;text&#039;, bar = &#039;text&#039;}, [2] = {foo = &#039;text&#039;, baz = &#039;text&#039;} }&lt;br /&gt;
-- Keys that don&#039;t end with an integer are stored in a subtable named &amp;quot;other&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
-- The compress option compresses the table so that it can be iterated over with&lt;br /&gt;
-- ipairs.&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
function p.numData(t, compress)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;numData&#039;, 1, t, &#039;table&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;numData&#039;, 2, compress, &#039;boolean&#039;, true)&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for k, v in pairs(t) do&lt;br /&gt;
		local prefix, num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), &#039;^([^0-9]*)([1-9][0-9]*)$&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		if num then&lt;br /&gt;
			num = tonumber(num)&lt;br /&gt;
			local subtable = ret[num] or {}&lt;br /&gt;
			if prefix == &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
				-- Positional parameters match the blank string; put them at the start of the subtable instead.&lt;br /&gt;
				prefix = 1&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
			subtable[prefix] = v&lt;br /&gt;
			ret[num] = subtable&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			local subtable = ret.other or {}&lt;br /&gt;
			subtable[k] = v&lt;br /&gt;
			ret.other = subtable&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if compress then&lt;br /&gt;
		local other = ret.other&lt;br /&gt;
		ret = p.compressSparseArray(ret)&lt;br /&gt;
		ret.other = other&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return ret&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- compressSparseArray&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- This takes an array with one or more nil values, and removes the nil values&lt;br /&gt;
-- while preserving the order, so that the array can be safely traversed with&lt;br /&gt;
-- ipairs.&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
function p.compressSparseArray(t)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;compressSparseArray&#039;, 1, t, &#039;table&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	local nums = p.numKeys(t)&lt;br /&gt;
	for _, num in ipairs(nums) do&lt;br /&gt;
		ret[#ret + 1] = t[num]&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return ret&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- sparseIpairs&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- This is an iterator for sparse arrays. It can be used like ipairs, but can&lt;br /&gt;
-- handle nil values.&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
function p.sparseIpairs(t)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;sparseIpairs&#039;, 1, t, &#039;table&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	local nums = p.numKeys(t)&lt;br /&gt;
	local i = 0&lt;br /&gt;
	local lim = #nums&lt;br /&gt;
	return function ()&lt;br /&gt;
		i = i + 1&lt;br /&gt;
		if i &amp;lt;= lim then&lt;br /&gt;
			local key = nums[i]&lt;br /&gt;
			return key, t[key]&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			return nil, nil&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- size&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- This returns the size of a key/value pair table. It will also work on arrays,&lt;br /&gt;
-- but for arrays it is more efficient to use the # operator.&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.size(t)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;size&#039;, 1, t, &#039;table&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	local i = 0&lt;br /&gt;
	for k in pairs(t) do&lt;br /&gt;
		i = i + 1&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return i&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function defaultKeySort(item1, item2)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &amp;quot;number&amp;quot; &amp;lt; &amp;quot;string&amp;quot;, so numbers will be sorted before strings.&lt;br /&gt;
	local type1, type2 = type(item1), type(item2)&lt;br /&gt;
	if type1 ~= type2 then&lt;br /&gt;
		return type1 &amp;lt; type2&lt;br /&gt;
	else -- This will fail with table, boolean, function.&lt;br /&gt;
		return item1 &amp;lt; item2&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	Returns a list of the keys in a table, sorted using either a default&lt;br /&gt;
	comparison function or a custom keySort function.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function p.keysToList(t, keySort, checked)&lt;br /&gt;
	if not checked then&lt;br /&gt;
		checkType(&#039;keysToList&#039;, 1, t, &#039;table&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		checkTypeMulti(&#039;keysToList&#039;, 2, keySort, { &#039;function&#039;, &#039;boolean&#039;, &#039;nil&#039; })&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	local list = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	local index = 1&lt;br /&gt;
	for key, value in pairs(t) do&lt;br /&gt;
		list[index] = key&lt;br /&gt;
		index = index + 1&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	if keySort ~= false then&lt;br /&gt;
		keySort = type(keySort) == &#039;function&#039; and keySort or defaultKeySort&lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
		table.sort(list, keySort)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	return list&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	Iterates through a table, with the keys sorted using the keysToList function.&lt;br /&gt;
	If there are only numerical keys, sparseIpairs is probably more efficient.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function p.sortedPairs(t, keySort)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;sortedPairs&#039;, 1, t, &#039;table&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;sortedPairs&#039;, 2, keySort, &#039;function&#039;, true)&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	local list = p.keysToList(t, keySort, true)&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	local i = 0&lt;br /&gt;
	return function()&lt;br /&gt;
		i = i + 1&lt;br /&gt;
		local key = list[i]&lt;br /&gt;
		if key ~= nil then&lt;br /&gt;
			return key, t[key]&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			return nil, nil&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	Returns true if all keys in the table are consecutive integers starting at 1.&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
function p.isArray(t)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&amp;quot;isArray&amp;quot;, 1, t, &amp;quot;table&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	local i = 0&lt;br /&gt;
	for k, v in pairs(t) do&lt;br /&gt;
		i = i + 1&lt;br /&gt;
		if t[i] == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
			return false&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return true&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- { &amp;quot;a&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;b&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;c&amp;quot; } -&amp;gt; { a = 1, b = 2, c = 3 }&lt;br /&gt;
function p.invert(array)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&amp;quot;invert&amp;quot;, 1, array, &amp;quot;table&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	local map = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for i, v in ipairs(array) do&lt;br /&gt;
		map[v] = i&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	return map&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	{ &amp;quot;a&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;b&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;c&amp;quot; } -&amp;gt; { [&amp;quot;a&amp;quot;] = true, [&amp;quot;b&amp;quot;] = true, [&amp;quot;c&amp;quot;] = true }&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
function p.listToSet(t)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&amp;quot;listToSet&amp;quot;, 1, t, &amp;quot;table&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	local set = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for _, item in ipairs(t) do&lt;br /&gt;
		set[item] = true&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	return set&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	Recursive deep copy function.&lt;br /&gt;
	Preserves identities of subtables.&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
local function _deepCopy(orig, includeMetatable, already_seen)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Stores copies of tables indexed by the original table.&lt;br /&gt;
	already_seen = already_seen or {}&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	local copy = already_seen[orig]&lt;br /&gt;
	if copy ~= nil then&lt;br /&gt;
		return copy&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	if type(orig) == &#039;table&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		copy = {}&lt;br /&gt;
		for orig_key, orig_value in pairs(orig) do&lt;br /&gt;
			copy[deepcopy(orig_key, includeMetatable, already_seen)] = deepcopy(orig_value, includeMetatable, already_seen)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		already_seen[orig] = copy&lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
		if includeMetatable then&lt;br /&gt;
			local mt = getmetatable(orig)&lt;br /&gt;
			if mt ~= nil then&lt;br /&gt;
				local mt_copy = deepcopy(mt, includeMetatable, already_seen)&lt;br /&gt;
				setmetatable(copy, mt_copy)&lt;br /&gt;
				already_seen[mt] = mt_copy&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	else -- number, string, boolean, etc&lt;br /&gt;
		copy = orig&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return copy&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.deepCopy(orig, noMetatable, already_seen)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&amp;quot;deepCopy&amp;quot;, 3, already_seen, &amp;quot;table&amp;quot;, true)&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	return _deepCopy(orig, not noMetatable, already_seen)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	Concatenates all values in the table that are indexed by a number, in order.&lt;br /&gt;
	sparseConcat{ a, nil, c, d }  =&amp;gt;  &amp;quot;acd&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
	sparseConcat{ nil, b, c, d }  =&amp;gt;  &amp;quot;bcd&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function p.sparseConcat(t, sep, i, j)&lt;br /&gt;
	local list = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	local list_i = 0&lt;br /&gt;
	for _, v in p.sparseIpairs(t) do&lt;br /&gt;
		list_i = list_i + 1&lt;br /&gt;
		list[list_i] = v&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	return table.concat(list, sep, i, j)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
-- This returns the length of a table, or the first integer key n counting from&lt;br /&gt;
-- 1 such that t[n + 1] is nil. It is similar to the operator #, but may return&lt;br /&gt;
-- a different value when there are gaps in the array portion of the table.&lt;br /&gt;
-- Intended to be used on data loaded with mw.loadData. For other tables, use #.&lt;br /&gt;
-- Note: #frame.args in frame object always be set to 0, regardless of &lt;br /&gt;
-- the number of unnamed template parameters, so use this function for&lt;br /&gt;
-- frame.args.&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
function p.length(t)&lt;br /&gt;
	local i = 1&lt;br /&gt;
	while t[i] ~= nil do&lt;br /&gt;
		i = i + 1&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return i - 1&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.inArray(arr, valueToFind)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&amp;quot;inArray&amp;quot;, 1, arr, &amp;quot;table&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- if valueToFind is nil, error?&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	for _, v in ipairs(arr) do&lt;br /&gt;
		if v == valueToFind then&lt;br /&gt;
			return true&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	return false&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return p&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Namespace_detect/data&amp;diff=378</id>
		<title>Module:Namespace detect/data</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Namespace_detect/data&amp;diff=378"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--                          Namespace detect data                             --&lt;br /&gt;
-- This module holds data for [[Module:Namespace detect]] to be loaded per    --&lt;br /&gt;
-- page, rather than per #invoke, for performance reasons.                    --&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local cfg = require(&#039;Module:Namespace detect/config&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function addKey(t, key, defaultKey)&lt;br /&gt;
	if key ~= defaultKey then&lt;br /&gt;
		t[#t + 1] = key&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Get a table of parameters to query for each default parameter name.&lt;br /&gt;
-- This allows wikis to customise parameter names in the cfg table while&lt;br /&gt;
-- ensuring that default parameter names will always work. The cfg table&lt;br /&gt;
-- values can be added as a string, or as an array of strings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local defaultKeys = {&lt;br /&gt;
	&#039;main&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&#039;talk&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&#039;other&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&#039;subjectns&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&#039;demospace&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&#039;demopage&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local argKeys = {}&lt;br /&gt;
for i, defaultKey in ipairs(defaultKeys) do&lt;br /&gt;
	argKeys[defaultKey] = {defaultKey}&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
for defaultKey, t in pairs(argKeys) do&lt;br /&gt;
	local cfgValue = cfg[defaultKey]&lt;br /&gt;
	local cfgValueType = type(cfgValue)&lt;br /&gt;
	if cfgValueType == &#039;string&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		addKey(t, cfgValue, defaultKey)&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif cfgValueType == &#039;table&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		for i, key in ipairs(cfgValue) do&lt;br /&gt;
			addKey(t, key, defaultKey)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	cfg[defaultKey] = nil -- Free the cfg value as we don&#039;t need it any more.&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function getParamMappings()&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Returns a table of how parameter names map to namespace names. The keys&lt;br /&gt;
	-- are the actual namespace names, in lower case, and the values are the&lt;br /&gt;
	-- possible parameter names for that namespace, also in lower case. The&lt;br /&gt;
	-- table entries are structured like this:&lt;br /&gt;
	-- {&lt;br /&gt;
	--   [&#039;&#039;] = {&#039;main&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	--   [&#039;wikipedia&#039;] = {&#039;wikipedia&#039;, &#039;project&#039;, &#039;wp&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	--   ...&lt;br /&gt;
	-- }&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	local mappings = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	local mainNsName = mw.site.subjectNamespaces[0].name&lt;br /&gt;
	mainNsName = mw.ustring.lower(mainNsName)&lt;br /&gt;
	mappings[mainNsName] = mw.clone(argKeys.main)&lt;br /&gt;
	mappings[&#039;talk&#039;] = mw.clone(argKeys.talk)&lt;br /&gt;
	for nsid, ns in pairs(mw.site.subjectNamespaces) do&lt;br /&gt;
		if nsid ~= 0 then -- Exclude main namespace.&lt;br /&gt;
			local nsname = mw.ustring.lower(ns.name)&lt;br /&gt;
			local canonicalName = mw.ustring.lower(ns.canonicalName)&lt;br /&gt;
			mappings[nsname] = {nsname}&lt;br /&gt;
			if canonicalName ~= nsname then&lt;br /&gt;
				table.insert(mappings[nsname], canonicalName)&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
			for _, alias in ipairs(ns.aliases) do&lt;br /&gt;
				table.insert(mappings[nsname], mw.ustring.lower(alias))&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return mappings&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return {&lt;br /&gt;
	argKeys = argKeys,&lt;br /&gt;
	cfg = cfg,&lt;br /&gt;
	mappings = getParamMappings()&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Namespace_detect/config&amp;diff=376</id>
		<title>Module:Namespace detect/config</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Namespace_detect/config&amp;diff=376"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--                    Namespace detect configuration data                     --&lt;br /&gt;
--                                                                            --&lt;br /&gt;
-- This module stores configuration data for Module:Namespace detect. Here    --&lt;br /&gt;
-- you can localise the module to your wiki&#039;s language.                       --&lt;br /&gt;
--                                                                            --&lt;br /&gt;
-- To activate a configuration item, you need to uncomment it. This means     --&lt;br /&gt;
-- that you need to remove the text &amp;quot;-- &amp;quot; at the start of the line.           --&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local cfg = {} -- Don&#039;t edit this line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--                              Parameter names                               --&lt;br /&gt;
-- These configuration items specify custom parameter names. Values added     --&lt;br /&gt;
-- here will work in addition to the default English parameter names.         --&lt;br /&gt;
-- To add one extra name, you can use this format:                            --&lt;br /&gt;
--                                                                            --&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg.foo = &#039;parameter name&#039;                                                 --&lt;br /&gt;
--                                                                            --&lt;br /&gt;
-- To add multiple names, you can use this format:                            --&lt;br /&gt;
--                                                                            --&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg.foo = {&#039;parameter name 1&#039;, &#039;parameter name 2&#039;, &#039;parameter name 3&#039;}     --&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---- This parameter displays content for the main namespace:&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg.main = &#039;main&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---- This parameter displays in talk namespaces:&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg.talk = &#039;talk&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---- This parameter displays content for &amp;quot;other&amp;quot; namespaces (namespaces for which&lt;br /&gt;
---- parameters have not been specified):&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg.other = &#039;other&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---- This parameter makes talk pages behave as though they are the corresponding&lt;br /&gt;
---- subject namespace. Note that this parameter is used with [[Module:Yesno]].&lt;br /&gt;
---- Edit that module to change the default values of &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;no&amp;quot;, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg.subjectns = &#039;subjectns&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---- This parameter sets a demonstration namespace:&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg.demospace = &#039;demospace&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---- This parameter sets a specific page to compare:&lt;br /&gt;
cfg.demopage = &#039;page&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--                           Table configuration                              --&lt;br /&gt;
-- These configuration items allow customisation of the &amp;quot;table&amp;quot; function,     --&lt;br /&gt;
-- used to generate a table of possible parameters in the module              --&lt;br /&gt;
-- documentation.                                                             --&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---- The header for the namespace column in the wikitable containing the list of&lt;br /&gt;
---- possible subject-space parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg.wikitableNamespaceHeader = &#039;Namespace&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---- The header for the wikitable containing the list of possible subject-space&lt;br /&gt;
---- parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg.wikitableAliasesHeader = &#039;Aliases&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--                        End of configuration data                           --&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return cfg -- Don&#039;t edit this line.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Namespace_detect&amp;diff=374</id>
		<title>Module:Namespace detect</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Namespace_detect&amp;diff=374"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;--[[&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--                                                                            --&lt;br /&gt;
--                            NAMESPACE DETECT                                --&lt;br /&gt;
--                                                                            --&lt;br /&gt;
-- This module implements the {{namespace detect}} template in Lua, with a    --&lt;br /&gt;
-- few improvements: all namespaces and all namespace aliases are supported,  --&lt;br /&gt;
-- and namespace names are detected automatically for the local wiki. The     --&lt;br /&gt;
-- module can also use the corresponding subject namespace value if it is     --&lt;br /&gt;
-- used on a talk page. Parameter names can be configured for different wikis --&lt;br /&gt;
-- by altering the values in the &amp;quot;cfg&amp;quot; table in                               --&lt;br /&gt;
-- Module:Namespace detect/config.                                            --&lt;br /&gt;
--                                                                            --&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local data = mw.loadData(&#039;Module:Namespace detect/data&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
local argKeys = data.argKeys&lt;br /&gt;
local cfg = data.cfg&lt;br /&gt;
local mappings = data.mappings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local yesno = require(&#039;Module:Yesno&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
local mArguments -- Lazily initialise Module:Arguments&lt;br /&gt;
local mTableTools -- Lazily initilalise Module:TableTools&lt;br /&gt;
local ustringLower = mw.ustring.lower&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local p = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function fetchValue(t1, t2)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Fetches a value from the table t1 for the first key in array t2 where&lt;br /&gt;
	-- a non-nil value of t1 exists.&lt;br /&gt;
	for i, key in ipairs(t2) do&lt;br /&gt;
		local value = t1[key]&lt;br /&gt;
		if value ~= nil then&lt;br /&gt;
			return value&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return nil&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function equalsArrayValue(t, value)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Returns true if value equals a value in the array t. Otherwise&lt;br /&gt;
	-- returns false.&lt;br /&gt;
	for i, arrayValue in ipairs(t) do&lt;br /&gt;
		if value == arrayValue then&lt;br /&gt;
			return true&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return false&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.getPageObject(page)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Get the page object, passing the function through pcall in case of&lt;br /&gt;
	-- errors, e.g. being over the expensive function count limit.&lt;br /&gt;
	if page then&lt;br /&gt;
		local success, pageObject = pcall(mw.title.new, page)&lt;br /&gt;
		if success then&lt;br /&gt;
			return pageObject&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			return nil&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return mw.title.getCurrentTitle()&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Provided for backward compatibility with other modules&lt;br /&gt;
function p.getParamMappings()&lt;br /&gt;
	return mappings&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function getNamespace(args)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- This function gets the namespace name from the page object.&lt;br /&gt;
	local page = fetchValue(args, argKeys.demopage)&lt;br /&gt;
	if page == &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		page = nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local demospace = fetchValue(args, argKeys.demospace)&lt;br /&gt;
	if demospace == &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		demospace = nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local subjectns = fetchValue(args, argKeys.subjectns)&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret&lt;br /&gt;
	if demospace then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Handle &amp;quot;demospace = main&amp;quot; properly.&lt;br /&gt;
		if equalsArrayValue(argKeys.main, ustringLower(demospace)) then&lt;br /&gt;
			ret = mw.site.namespaces[0].name&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			ret = demospace&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		local pageObject = p.getPageObject(page)&lt;br /&gt;
		if pageObject then&lt;br /&gt;
			if pageObject.isTalkPage then&lt;br /&gt;
				-- Get the subject namespace if the option is set,&lt;br /&gt;
				-- otherwise use &amp;quot;talk&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
				if yesno(subjectns) then&lt;br /&gt;
					ret = mw.site.namespaces[pageObject.namespace].subject.name&lt;br /&gt;
				else&lt;br /&gt;
					ret = &#039;talk&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
			else&lt;br /&gt;
				ret = pageObject.nsText&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			return nil -- return nil if the page object doesn&#039;t exist.&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	ret = ret:gsub(&#039;_&#039;, &#039; &#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	return ustringLower(ret)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p._main(args)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Check the parameters stored in the mappings table for any matches.&lt;br /&gt;
	local namespace = getNamespace(args) or &#039;other&#039; -- &amp;quot;other&amp;quot; avoids nil table keys&lt;br /&gt;
	local params = mappings[namespace] or {}&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret = fetchValue(args, params)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- If there were no matches, return parameters for other namespaces.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- This happens if there was no text specified for the namespace that&lt;br /&gt;
	-- was detected or if the demospace parameter is not a valid&lt;br /&gt;
	-- namespace. Note that the parameter for the detected namespace must be&lt;br /&gt;
	-- completely absent for this to happen, not merely blank.&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	if ret == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
		ret = fetchValue(args, argKeys.other)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return ret&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.main(frame)&lt;br /&gt;
	mArguments = require(&#039;Module:Arguments&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	local args = mArguments.getArgs(frame, {removeBlanks = false})&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret = p._main(args)&lt;br /&gt;
	return ret or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.table(frame)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Create a wikitable of all subject namespace parameters, for&lt;br /&gt;
	-- documentation purposes. The talk parameter is optional, in case it&lt;br /&gt;
	-- needs to be excluded in the documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Load modules and initialise variables.&lt;br /&gt;
	mTableTools = require(&#039;Module:TableTools&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	local namespaces = mw.site.namespaces&lt;br /&gt;
	local cfg = data.cfg&lt;br /&gt;
	local useTalk = type(frame) == &#039;table&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
		and type(frame.args) == &#039;table&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
		and yesno(frame.args.talk) -- Whether to use the talk parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Get the header names.&lt;br /&gt;
	local function checkValue(value, default)&lt;br /&gt;
		if type(value) == &#039;string&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			return value&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			return default&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local nsHeader = checkValue(cfg.wikitableNamespaceHeader, &#039;Namespace&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	local aliasesHeader = checkValue(cfg.wikitableAliasesHeader, &#039;Aliases&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Put the namespaces in order.&lt;br /&gt;
	local mappingsOrdered = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for nsname, params in pairs(mappings) do&lt;br /&gt;
		if useTalk or nsname ~= &#039;talk&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			local nsid = namespaces[nsname].id&lt;br /&gt;
			-- Add 1, as the array must start with 1; nsid 0 would be lost otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
			nsid = nsid + 1 &lt;br /&gt;
			mappingsOrdered[nsid] = params&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	mappingsOrdered = mTableTools.compressSparseArray(mappingsOrdered)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Build the table.&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret = &#039;{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		.. &#039;\n|-&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		.. &#039;\n! &#039; .. nsHeader&lt;br /&gt;
		.. &#039;\n! &#039; .. aliasesHeader&lt;br /&gt;
	for i, params in ipairs(mappingsOrdered) do&lt;br /&gt;
		for j, param in ipairs(params) do&lt;br /&gt;
			if j == 1 then&lt;br /&gt;
				ret = ret .. &#039;\n|-&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;\n| &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039; .. param .. &#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;\n| &#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			elseif j == 2 then&lt;br /&gt;
				ret = ret .. &#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039; .. param .. &#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			else&lt;br /&gt;
				ret = ret .. &#039;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039; .. param .. &#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	ret = ret .. &#039;\n|-&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		.. &#039;\n|}&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	return ret&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return p&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Category_handler/shared&amp;diff=372</id>
		<title>Module:Category handler/shared</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Category_handler/shared&amp;diff=372"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;-- This module contains shared functions used by [[Module:Category handler]]&lt;br /&gt;
-- and its submodules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local p = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.matchesBlacklist(page, blacklist)&lt;br /&gt;
	for i, pattern in ipairs(blacklist) do&lt;br /&gt;
		local match = mw.ustring.match(page, pattern)&lt;br /&gt;
		if match then&lt;br /&gt;
			return true&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return false&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.getParamMappings(useLoadData)&lt;br /&gt;
	local dataPage = &#039;Module:Namespace detect/data&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	if useLoadData then&lt;br /&gt;
		return mw.loadData(dataPage).mappings&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return require(dataPage).mappings&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.getNamespaceParameters(titleObj, mappings)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- We don&#039;t use title.nsText for the namespace name because it adds&lt;br /&gt;
	-- underscores.&lt;br /&gt;
	local mappingsKey&lt;br /&gt;
	if titleObj.isTalkPage then&lt;br /&gt;
		mappingsKey = &#039;talk&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		mappingsKey = mw.site.namespaces[titleObj.namespace].name&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	mappingsKey = mw.ustring.lower(mappingsKey)&lt;br /&gt;
	return mappings[mappingsKey] or {}&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return p&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Category_handler/doc&amp;diff=370</id>
		<title>Module:Category handler/doc</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Category_handler/doc&amp;diff=370"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{high-use|4486247|all-pages = yes}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Used in system}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Module rating|p}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This module implements the {{tl|category handler}} template. The category handler template helps other templates to automate both categorization and [[Wikipedia:Category suppression|category suppression]]. For information about using the category handler template in other templates, please see the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Template:Category handler|template documentation]]&#039;&#039;&#039;. Keep reading for information about using the category handler module in other Lua modules, or for information on exporting this module to other wikis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Use from other Lua modules ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== When not to use this module ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For cases where a module only needs to categorise in one of the namespaces main (articles), file (images) or category, then using this module is overkill. Instead, you can simply get a title object using [[mw:Extension:Scribunto/Lua reference manual#mw.title.getCurrentTitle|mw.title.getCurrentTitle]] and check the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nsText&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; field. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;lua&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()&lt;br /&gt;
if title.nsText == &#039;File&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
    -- do something&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
However, if your module needs to categorize in any other namespace, then we recommend you use this module, since it provides proper category suppression and makes it easy to select how to categorize in the different namespaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Namespaces ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This module detects and groups all the different [[Wikipedia:Namespace|namespaces]] used on Wikipedia into several types. These types are used as parameter names in this module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;main&#039;&#039;&#039; = Main/article space, as in normal Wikipedia articles.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;talk&#039;&#039;&#039; = Any talk space, such as page names that start with &amp;quot;Talk:&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;User talk:&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;File talk:&amp;quot; and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;user, wikipedia, file ... = The other namespaces except the talk pages. Namespace aliases are also accepted. See the table below for the full list.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;other&#039;&#039;&#039; = Any namespaces that were not specified as a parameter to the template. See examples below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;List of possible namespace parameters&lt;br /&gt;
(excluding &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;talk&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;other&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
{{#invoke:Namespace detect|table}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basic usage ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This module takes two or more parameters. Here&#039;s an example using a hello world program:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;lua&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
p = {}&lt;br /&gt;
local categoryHandler = require( &#039;Module:Category handler&#039; ).main&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
function p.main( frame )&lt;br /&gt;
    local result = &#039;Hello world!&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
    local category = categoryHandler{&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;[[Category:Somecat]]&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        nocat = frame.args.nocat -- So &amp;quot;nocat=true/false&amp;quot; works&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
    category = category or &#039;&#039; -- Check that we don&#039;t have a nil value for the category variable.&lt;br /&gt;
    return result .. category&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
return p&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above example uses the default settings for the category handler module. That means the example module will categorize on pages in the following namespaces: &lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;main&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;file&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;help&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;category&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;portal&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;book&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
But it will &#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039; categorize in any other namespaces, e.g.:&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;talk&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;user&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;wikipedia&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;mediawiki&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;template&#039;&#039;&#039; ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And it will &#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039; categorize on blacklisted pages. (See section [[#Blacklist|blacklist]] below.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason the category handler module does not categorize in some of the namespaces is that in those namespaces most modules and templates are just demonstrated or listed, not used. Thus most modules and templates should not categorize in those namespaces. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any module or template that is meant for one or more of the namespaces where this module categorizes can use the basic syntax as shown above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Advanced usage ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This module takes one or more parameters named after the different page types as listed in section [[#Namespaces|namespaces]] above. By using those parameters you can specify exactly in which namespaces your template should categorize. Like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;lua&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
p = {}&lt;br /&gt;
local categoryHandler = require( &#039;Module:Category handler&#039; ).main&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
function p.main( frame )&lt;br /&gt;
    local result = &#039;This is a module meant for articles and talk pages.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
    local category = categoryHandler{&lt;br /&gt;
        main = &#039;[[Category:Somecat1]]&#039;, -- Categorize in main (article) space&lt;br /&gt;
        talk = &#039;[[Category:Somecat2]]&#039;, -- Categorize in talk space&lt;br /&gt;
        nocat = frame.args.nocat -- So &amp;quot;nocat=true/false&amp;quot; works&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
    category = category or &#039;&#039; -- Check that we don&#039;t have a nil value for the category variable.&lt;br /&gt;
    return result .. category&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
return p&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above module will only categorize in main and talk space. But it will not categorize on /archive pages since they are blacklisted. (See section [[#Blacklist|blacklist]] below.) And if you need to demonstrate (discuss) the module on a talkpage, then you can feed &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nocat=&#039;true&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; to prevent that template from categorizing. (See section [[#Nocat|nocat]] below.) Like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== My new module ==&lt;br /&gt;
Hey guys, have you seen my new module?&lt;br /&gt;
{{#invoke:mymodule|main|nocat=true}}&lt;br /&gt;
Nice, isn&#039;t it?&lt;br /&gt;
--~~~~&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes we want to use the same category in several namespaces, then do like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;lua&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
p = {}&lt;br /&gt;
local categoryHandler = require( &#039;Module:Category handler&#039; ).main&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
function p.main( frame )&lt;br /&gt;
    local result = &#039;This is a module used in several namespaces.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
    local category = categoryHandler{&lt;br /&gt;
        main = &#039;[[Category:Somecat1]]&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        [ 1 ] = &#039;[[Category:Somecat2]]&#039;, -- For help and user space&lt;br /&gt;
        help = 1,&lt;br /&gt;
        user = 1,&lt;br /&gt;
        talk = &#039;&#039;, -- No categories on talk pages&lt;br /&gt;
        other = &#039;[[Category:Somecat3]]&#039;, -- For all other namespaces&lt;br /&gt;
        nocat = frame.args.nocat -- So &amp;quot;nocat=true/false&amp;quot; works&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
    category = category or &#039;&#039; -- Check that we don&#039;t have a nil value for the category variable.&lt;br /&gt;
    return result .. category&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
return p&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above example we use a numbered parameter to feed one of the categories, and then we tell this module to use that numbered parameter for both the help and user space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The category handler module understands an unlimited number of numbered parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;other&#039;&#039;&#039; parameter defines what should be used in the remaining namespaces that have not explicitly been fed data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note the empty but defined &#039;&#039;&#039;talk&#039;&#039;&#039; parameter. That stops this module from showing what has been fed to the &#039;&#039;&#039;other&#039;&#039;&#039; parameter, when in talk space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The category handler module also has a parameter called &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039;. It works like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;lua&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
p = {}&lt;br /&gt;
local categoryHandler = require( &#039;Module:Category handler&#039; ).main&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
function p.main( frame )&lt;br /&gt;
    local result = &#039;This is a module used in all namespaces.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
    local category = categoryHandler{&lt;br /&gt;
        all = &#039;[[Category:Somecat1]]&#039;, -- Categorize in all namespaces&lt;br /&gt;
        nocat = frame.args.nocat -- So &amp;quot;nocat=true/false&amp;quot; works&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
    category = category or &#039;&#039; -- Check that we don&#039;t have a nil value for the category variable.&lt;br /&gt;
    return result .. category&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
return p&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above example will categorize in all namespaces, but not on blacklisted pages. If you want to demonstrate that module on a page, then use &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nocat=true&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; to prevent the template from categorizing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We suggest avoiding the &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; parameter, since modules and templates should preferably only categorize in the namespaces they need to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The all parameter can also be combined with the rest of the parameters. Like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;lua&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
p = {}&lt;br /&gt;
local categoryHandler = require( &#039;Module:Category handler&#039; ).main&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
function p.main( frame )&lt;br /&gt;
    local result = &#039;This is a module used in all namespaces.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
    local category = categoryHandler{&lt;br /&gt;
        all = &#039;[[Category:Somecat1]]&#039;, -- Categorize in all namespaces&lt;br /&gt;
        main = &#039;[[Category:Somecat2]]&#039;, -- And add this in main space&lt;br /&gt;
        other = &#039;[[Category:Somecat3]]&#039;, -- And add this in all other namespaces&lt;br /&gt;
        nocat = frame.args.nocat -- So &amp;quot;nocat=true/false&amp;quot; works&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
    category = category or &#039;&#039; -- Check that we don&#039;t have a nil value for the category variable.&lt;br /&gt;
    return result .. category&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
return p&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the above module is placed on an article, then it will add the categories &amp;quot;Somecat1&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Somecat2&amp;quot;. But on all other types of pages it will instead add &amp;quot;Somecat1&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Somecat3&amp;quot;. As the example shows, the all parameter works independently of the rest of the parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Subpages ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The category handler module understands the &#039;&#039;&#039;subpage&#039;&#039;&#039; parameter. Like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;lua&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
p = {}&lt;br /&gt;
local categoryHandler = require( &#039;Module:Category handler&#039; ).main&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
function p.main( frame )&lt;br /&gt;
    local result = &#039;This is a module used in all namespaces.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
    local category = categoryHandler{&lt;br /&gt;
        subpage = &#039;no&#039; -- Don&#039;t categorize on subpages&lt;br /&gt;
        wikipedia = &#039;[[Category:Somecat]]&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        nocat = frame.args.nocat -- So &amp;quot;nocat=true/false&amp;quot; works&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
    category = category or &#039;&#039; -- Check that we don&#039;t have a nil value for the category variable.&lt;br /&gt;
    return result .. category&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
return p&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;subpage=&#039;no&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; then this template will &#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039; categorize on subpages. For the rare occasion you &#039;&#039;only&#039;&#039; want to categorize on subpages, then use &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;subpage=&#039;only&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;. If &#039;&#039;&#039;subpage&#039;&#039;&#039; is empty or undefined then this template categorizes both on basepages and on subpages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Blacklist ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This module has a blacklist of the pages and page types where templates should not auto-categorize. Thus modules that use this meta-template will for instance not categorize on /archive pages and on the subpages of [[Wikipedia:Template messages]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want a template to categorize on a blacklisted page, then feed &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;nocat = false&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; to the module when you place it on the page, thus skipping the blacklist check. Note that this module only categorizes if it has data for the namespace. For instance, if the basic syntax is used (see [[#Basic usage|basic usage]] above), then even if you set &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nocat = false&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; the template will not categorize on a talk page, since it has no data for talk pages. But it has data for help space, so on a blacklisted help page it will categorize.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The blacklist is located in the configuration table &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;cfg.blacklist&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; near the top of the module code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The &amp;quot;nocat&amp;quot; parameter ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This module understands the &#039;&#039;&#039;nocat&#039;&#039;&#039; parameter:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nocat = true&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; then this template does &#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039; categorize.&lt;br /&gt;
* If &#039;&#039;&#039;nocat&#039;&#039;&#039; is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nil&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; then this template categorizes as usual. &lt;br /&gt;
* If &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nocat = false&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; this template categorizes even when on blacklisted pages. (See section [[#Blacklist|blacklist]] above.)&lt;br /&gt;
* The nocat parameter also accepts aliases for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;true&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;false&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; as defined by [[Module:Yesno]], e.g. &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;y&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;true&amp;quot;, and 1 for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;true&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, and &amp;quot;no&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;n&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;false&amp;quot;, and 0 for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;false&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules and templates that use {{tlf|category handler}} should forward &#039;&#039;&#039;nocat&#039;&#039;&#039;, so they too understand &#039;&#039;&#039;nocat&#039;&#039;&#039;. The code &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nocat = frame.args.nocat&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; shown in the examples on this page does that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The &amp;quot;categories&amp;quot; parameter ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For backwards compatibility this module also understands the &#039;&#039;&#039;categories&#039;&#039;&#039; parameter. It works the same as &#039;&#039;&#039;nocat&#039;&#039;&#039;. Like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;categories = false&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; then this template does &#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039; categorize. &lt;br /&gt;
* If &#039;&#039;&#039;categories&#039;&#039;&#039; is empty or undefined then this template categorizes as usual. &lt;br /&gt;
* If &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;categories = true&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; this template categorizes even when on blacklisted pages.&lt;br /&gt;
* The categories parameter also accepts aliases for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;true&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;false&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; as defined by [[Module:Yesno]], e.g. &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;y&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;true&amp;quot;, and 1 for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;true&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, and &amp;quot;no&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;n&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;false&amp;quot;, and 0 for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;false&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The &amp;quot;category2&amp;quot; parameter ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For backwards compatibility this template kind of supports the old &amp;quot;category =&amp;quot; parameter. But the parameter name &amp;quot;category&amp;quot; is already used in this module to feed category data for when in category space. So instead this template uses &#039;&#039;&#039;category2&#039;&#039;&#039; for the usage similar to &#039;&#039;&#039;nocat&#039;&#039;&#039;. Like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;category2 = &amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; (empty but defined), or &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;category2 = &#039;no&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;, or if &#039;&#039;&#039;category2&#039;&#039;&#039; is fed any other data (except as described in the next two points), then this template does &#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039; categorize.&lt;br /&gt;
* If &#039;&#039;&#039;category2&#039;&#039;&#039; is undefined or if &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;category2 = &#039;¬&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot;, then this template categorizes as usual.&lt;br /&gt;
* If &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;category2 = &#039;yes&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; this template categorizes even when on blacklisted pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Categories and text ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides from categories, you can feed anything else to this module, for instance some text. Like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;lua&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
p = {}&lt;br /&gt;
local categoryHandler = require( &#039;Module:Category handler&#039; ).main&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.main( frame )&lt;br /&gt;
    local result = &#039;This is a module used on talk pages.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
    local category = categoryHandler{&lt;br /&gt;
        talk = &#039;[[Category:Somecat]]&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        other = &#039;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;error&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This module should only be used on talk pages.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        nocat = frame.args.nocat -- So &amp;quot;nocat=true/false&amp;quot; works&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
    category = category or &#039;&#039; -- Check that we don&#039;t have a nil value for the category variable.&lt;br /&gt;
    return result .. category&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return p&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the module code above is used on anything other than a talk page, it will look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:This is a module used on talk pages.{{#invoke:category handler|main&lt;br /&gt;
| talk = [[Category:Somecat]]&lt;br /&gt;
| other = &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;error&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This module should only be used on talk pages.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| nocat = {{{nocat|}}} &amp;lt;!--So &amp;quot;nocat=true/false&amp;quot; works--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That text will not show on blacklisted pages, so don&#039;t use this method to show any important information. Feeding &amp;quot;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nocat = &#039;true&#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;quot; to the template hides the text, just as it suppresses any categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The &amp;quot;page&amp;quot; parameter ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For testing and demonstration purposes this module can take a parameter named &#039;&#039;&#039;page&#039;&#039;&#039;. Like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;lua&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
p = {}&lt;br /&gt;
local categoryHandler = require( &#039;Module:Category handler&#039; ).main&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
function p.main( frame )&lt;br /&gt;
    local category = categoryHandler{&lt;br /&gt;
        main = &#039;Category:Some cat&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        talk = &#039;Category:Talk cat&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        nocat = frame.args.nocat, -- So &amp;quot;nocat=true/false&amp;quot; works&lt;br /&gt;
        page = &#039;User talk:Example&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
    return category&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
return p&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above code we on purpose left out the brackets around the category names so we see the output on the page. No matter on what kind of page the code above is used it will return this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:{{#invoke:category handler|main&lt;br /&gt;
| main = Category:Some cat&lt;br /&gt;
| talk = Category:Talk cat&lt;br /&gt;
| nocat = {{{nocat|}}}   &amp;lt;!--So &amp;quot;nocat=true/false&amp;quot; works--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| page = User talk:Example&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;page&#039;&#039;&#039; parameter makes this module behave exactly as if on that page. Even the blacklist works. The pagename doesn&#039;t have to be an existing page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the &#039;&#039;&#039;page&#039;&#039;&#039; parameter is empty or undefined, the name of the current page determines the result.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can make it so your module also understands the &#039;&#039;&#039;page&#039;&#039;&#039; parameter. That means you can test how your template will categorize on different pages, without having to actually edit those pages. Then do like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;lua&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
p = {}&lt;br /&gt;
local categoryHandler = require( &#039;Module:Category handler&#039; ).main&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.main( frame )&lt;br /&gt;
    local category = categoryHandler{&lt;br /&gt;
        main = &#039;Category:Some cat&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        talk = &#039;Category:Talk cat&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        nocat = frame.args.nocat, -- So &amp;quot;nocat=true/false&amp;quot; works&lt;br /&gt;
        page = frame.args.page -- For testing&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
    return category&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return p&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Parameters ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
List of all parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* First positional parameter - for default settings&lt;br /&gt;
* subpage = &#039;no&#039; / &#039;only&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* 1, 2, 3 ...&lt;br /&gt;
* all = &#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Category:Somecat]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039; / &#039;Text&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* main = 1, 2, 3 ... / &#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Category:Somecat]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039; / &#039;Text&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* ...&lt;br /&gt;
* other = 1, 2, 3 ... / &#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Category:Somecat]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039; / &#039;Text&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* nocat = frame.args.nocat / true / false / &#039;yes&#039; / &#039;no&#039; / &#039;y&#039; / &#039;n&#039; / &#039;true&#039; / &#039;false&#039; / 1 / 0&lt;br /&gt;
* categories = frame.args.categories / false / true / &#039;no&#039; / &#039;yes&#039; / &#039;n&#039; / &#039;y&#039; / &#039;false&#039; / &#039;true&#039; / 0 / 1&lt;br /&gt;
* category2 = frame.args.category or &#039;¬&#039; / &#039;no&#039; / &#039;not defined&#039; / &#039;¬&#039; / &#039;yes&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* page  = frame.args.page / &#039;User:Example&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that empty values to the &amp;quot;main&amp;quot; ... &amp;quot;other&amp;quot; parameters have special meaning (see examples above). The &amp;quot;all&amp;quot; parameter doesn&#039;t understand numbered parameters, since there should never be a need for that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exporting to other wikis ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This module can be exported to other wikis by changing the configuration values in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;cfg&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; table. All the variable values are configurable, so after the configuration values have been set there should be no need to alter the main module code. Details of each configuration value are included in the module code comments. In addition, this module requires [[Module:Namespace detect]] to be available on the local wiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* {{tl|Category handler}} – for using this module with templates, rather than Lua modules.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Wikipedia:Category suppression]] – The how-to guide.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Wikipedia:WikiProject Category Suppression]] – The WikiProject.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Wikipedia:Namespace]] – Lists all the namespaces.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Category_handler/data&amp;diff=368</id>
		<title>Module:Category handler/data</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Category_handler/data&amp;diff=368"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;-- This module assembles data to be passed to [[Module:Category handler]] using&lt;br /&gt;
-- mw.loadData. This includes the configuration data and whether the current&lt;br /&gt;
-- page matches the title blacklist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local data = require(&#039;Module:Category handler/config&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
local mShared = require(&#039;Module:Category handler/shared&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
local blacklist = require(&#039;Module:Category handler/blacklist&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
data.currentTitleMatchesBlacklist = mShared.matchesBlacklist(&lt;br /&gt;
	title.prefixedText,&lt;br /&gt;
	blacklist&lt;br /&gt;
)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
data.currentTitleNamespaceParameters = mShared.getNamespaceParameters(&lt;br /&gt;
	title,&lt;br /&gt;
	mShared.getParamMappings()&lt;br /&gt;
)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return data&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Category_handler/config&amp;diff=366</id>
		<title>Module:Category handler/config</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Category_handler/config&amp;diff=366"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--            [[Module:Category handler]] configuration data                  --&lt;br /&gt;
--       Language-specific parameter names and values can be set here.        --&lt;br /&gt;
--       For blacklist config, see [[Module:Category handler/blacklist]].     --&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local cfg = {} -- Don&#039;t edit this line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--                       Start configuration data                             --&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--                              Parameter names                               --&lt;br /&gt;
-- These configuration items specify custom parameter names.                  --&lt;br /&gt;
-- To add one extra name, you can use this format:                            --&lt;br /&gt;
--                                                                            --&lt;br /&gt;
-- foo = &#039;parameter name&#039;,                                                    --&lt;br /&gt;
--                                                                            --&lt;br /&gt;
-- To add multiple names, you can use this format:                            --&lt;br /&gt;
--                                                                            --&lt;br /&gt;
-- foo = {&#039;parameter name 1&#039;, &#039;parameter name 2&#039;, &#039;parameter name 3&#039;},        --&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
cfg.parameters = {&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- The nocat and categories parameter suppress&lt;br /&gt;
	-- categorisation. They are used with Module:Yesno, and work as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
	--&lt;br /&gt;
	-- cfg.nocat:&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Result of yesno()                        Effect&lt;br /&gt;
	-- true                                     Categorisation is suppressed&lt;br /&gt;
	-- false                                    Categorisation is allowed, and&lt;br /&gt;
	--                                          the blacklist check is skipped&lt;br /&gt;
	-- nil                                      Categorisation is allowed&lt;br /&gt;
	--&lt;br /&gt;
	-- cfg.categories:&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Result of yesno()                        Effect&lt;br /&gt;
	-- true                                     Categorisation is allowed, and&lt;br /&gt;
	--                                          the blacklist check is skipped&lt;br /&gt;
	-- false                                    Categorisation is suppressed&lt;br /&gt;
	-- nil                                      Categorisation is allowed&lt;br /&gt;
	nocat = &#039;nocat&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	categories = &#039;categories&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- The parameter name for the legacy &amp;quot;category2&amp;quot; parameter. This skips the&lt;br /&gt;
	-- blacklist if set to the cfg.category2Yes value, and suppresses&lt;br /&gt;
	-- categorisation if present but equal to anything other than&lt;br /&gt;
	-- cfg.category2Yes or cfg.category2Negative.&lt;br /&gt;
	category2 = &#039;category2&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- cfg.subpage is the parameter name to specify how to behave on subpages.&lt;br /&gt;
	subpage = &#039;subpage&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- The parameter for data to return in all namespaces.&lt;br /&gt;
	all = &#039;all&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- The parameter name for data to return if no data is specified for the&lt;br /&gt;
	-- namespace that is detected.&lt;br /&gt;
	other = &#039;other&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- The parameter name used to specify a page other than the current page;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- used for testing and demonstration.&lt;br /&gt;
	demopage = &#039;page&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--                              Parameter values                              --&lt;br /&gt;
-- These are set values that can be used with certain parameters. Only one    --&lt;br /&gt;
-- value can be specified, like this:                                         --&lt;br /&gt;
--                                                                            --&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg.foo = &#039;value name&#039;                                                     --                                               --&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- The following settings are used with the cfg.category2 parameter. Setting&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg.category2 to cfg.category2Yes skips the blacklist, and if cfg.category2&lt;br /&gt;
-- is present but equal to anything other than cfg.category2Yes or&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg.category2Negative then it supresses cateogrisation.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg.category2Yes = &#039;yes&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
cfg.category2Negative = &#039;¬&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- The following settings are used with the cfg.subpage parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg.subpageNo is the value to specify to not categorise on subpages;&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg.subpageOnly is the value to specify to only categorise on subpages.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg.subpageNo = &#039;no&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
cfg.subpageOnly = &#039;only&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--                           Default namespaces                               --&lt;br /&gt;
-- This is a table of namespaces to categorise by default. The keys are the   --&lt;br /&gt;
-- namespace numbers.                                                         --&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
cfg.defaultNamespaces = {&lt;br /&gt;
	[  0] = true, -- main&lt;br /&gt;
	[  6] = true, -- file&lt;br /&gt;
	[ 12] = true, -- help&lt;br /&gt;
	[ 14] = true, -- category&lt;br /&gt;
	[100] = true, -- portal&lt;br /&gt;
	[108] = true, -- book&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--                                Wrappers                                    --&lt;br /&gt;
-- This is a wrapper template or a list of wrapper templates to be passed to  --&lt;br /&gt;
-- [[Module:Arguments]].                                                      --&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
cfg.wrappers = &#039;Template:Category handler&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--                           End configuration data                           --&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return cfg -- Don&#039;t edit this line.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Category_handler/blacklist&amp;diff=364</id>
		<title>Module:Category handler/blacklist</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Category_handler/blacklist&amp;diff=364"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;-- This module contains the blacklist used by [[Module:Category handler]].&lt;br /&gt;
-- Pages that match Lua patterns in this list will not be categorised unless&lt;br /&gt;
-- categorisation is explicitly requested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return {&lt;br /&gt;
	&#039;^Main Page$&#039;, -- don&#039;t categorise the main page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Don&#039;t categorise the following pages or their subpages.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &amp;quot;%f[/\0]&amp;quot; matches if the next character is &amp;quot;/&amp;quot; or the end of the string.&lt;br /&gt;
	&#039;^Wikipedia:Cascade%-protected items%f[/\0]&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&#039;^User:UBX%f[/\0]&#039;, -- The userbox &amp;quot;template&amp;quot; space.&lt;br /&gt;
	&#039;^User talk:UBX%f[/\0]&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Don&#039;t categorise subpages of these pages, but allow&lt;br /&gt;
	-- categorisation of the base page.&lt;br /&gt;
	&#039;^Wikipedia:Template messages/.*$&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Don&#039;t categorise archives.&lt;br /&gt;
	&#039;/[aA]rchive&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&amp;quot;^Wikipedia:Administrators&#039; noticeboard/IncidentArchive%d+$&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Template:Tlf&amp;diff=362</id>
		<title>Template:Tlf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Template:Tlf&amp;diff=362"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;nowrap&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;#123;&amp;amp;#123;{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}| tlf&amp;amp;#124;...}}&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;{{#ifeq:{{{2|x}}}|{{{2|}}}| &amp;amp;#124;{{{2}}} | }}&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;{{#ifeq:{{{3|x}}}|{{{3|}}}| &amp;amp;#124;{{{3}}} | }}&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;{{#ifeq:{{{4|x}}}|{{{4|}}}| &amp;amp;#124;{{{4}}} | }}&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;{{#ifeq:{{{5|x}}}|{{{5|}}}| &amp;amp;#124;{{{5}}} | }}&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;{{#ifeq:{{{6|x}}}|{{{6|}}}| &amp;amp;#124;{{{6}}} | }}&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;{{#ifeq:{{{7|x}}}|{{{7|}}}| &amp;amp;#124;{{{7}}} | }}&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;{{#ifeq:{{{8|x}}}|{{{8|}}}| &amp;amp;#124;{{{8}}} | }}&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;{{#ifeq:{{{9|x}}}|{{{9|}}}| &amp;amp;#124;{{{9}}} | }}&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&amp;amp;#125;&amp;amp;#125;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{documentation}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc sub-page, not here! --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:String&amp;diff=360</id>
		<title>Module:String</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:String&amp;diff=360"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;--[[&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This module is intended to provide access to basic string functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the functions provided here can be invoked with named parameters,&lt;br /&gt;
unnamed parameters, or a mixture.  If named parameters are used, Mediawiki will&lt;br /&gt;
automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the intended use, it may be advantageous to either preserve or&lt;br /&gt;
remove such whitespace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Global options&lt;br /&gt;
    ignore_errors: If set to &#039;true&#039; or 1, any error condition will result in&lt;br /&gt;
        an empty string being returned rather than an error message.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    error_category: If an error occurs, specifies the name of a category to&lt;br /&gt;
        include with the error message.  The default category is&lt;br /&gt;
        [Category:Errors reported by Module String].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    no_category: If set to &#039;true&#039; or 1, no category will be added if an error&lt;br /&gt;
        is generated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unit tests for this module are available at Module:String/tests.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local str = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
len&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function returns the length of the target string.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usage:&lt;br /&gt;
{{#invoke:String|len|target_string|}}&lt;br /&gt;
OR&lt;br /&gt;
{{#invoke:String|len|s=target_string}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parameters&lt;br /&gt;
    s: The string whose length to report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or&lt;br /&gt;
trailing whitespace from the target string.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str.len( frame )&lt;br /&gt;
	local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {&#039;s&#039;} )&lt;br /&gt;
	local s = new_args[&#039;s&#039;] or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	return mw.ustring.len( s )&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
sub&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function returns a substring of the target string at specified indices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usage:&lt;br /&gt;
{{#invoke:String|sub|target_string|start_index|end_index}}&lt;br /&gt;
OR&lt;br /&gt;
{{#invoke:String|sub|s=target_string|i=start_index|j=end_index}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parameters&lt;br /&gt;
    s: The string to return a subset of&lt;br /&gt;
    i: The fist index of the substring to return, defaults to 1.&lt;br /&gt;
    j: The last index of the string to return, defaults to the last character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first character of the string is assigned an index of 1.  If either i or j&lt;br /&gt;
is a negative value, it is interpreted the same as selecting a character by&lt;br /&gt;
counting from the end of the string.  Hence, a value of -1 is the same as&lt;br /&gt;
selecting the last character of the string.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the requested indices are out of range for the given string, an error is&lt;br /&gt;
reported.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str.sub( frame )&lt;br /&gt;
	local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, { &#039;s&#039;, &#039;i&#039;, &#039;j&#039; } )&lt;br /&gt;
	local s = new_args[&#039;s&#039;] or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	local i = tonumber( new_args[&#039;i&#039;] ) or 1&lt;br /&gt;
	local j = tonumber( new_args[&#039;j&#039;] ) or -1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local len = mw.ustring.len( s )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Convert negatives for range checking&lt;br /&gt;
	if i &amp;lt; 0 then&lt;br /&gt;
		i = len + i + 1&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if j &amp;lt; 0 then&lt;br /&gt;
		j = len + j + 1&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	if i &amp;gt; len or j &amp;gt; len or i &amp;lt; 1 or j &amp;lt; 1 then&lt;br /&gt;
		return str._error( &#039;String subset index out of range&#039; )&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if j &amp;lt; i then&lt;br /&gt;
		return str._error( &#039;String subset indices out of order&#039; )&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return mw.ustring.sub( s, i, j )&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
This function implements that features of {{str sub old}} and is kept in order&lt;br /&gt;
to maintain these older templates.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str.sublength( frame )&lt;br /&gt;
	local i = tonumber( frame.args.i ) or 0&lt;br /&gt;
	local len = tonumber( frame.args.len )&lt;br /&gt;
	return mw.ustring.sub( frame.args.s, i + 1, len and ( i + len ) )&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
match&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a&lt;br /&gt;
specified pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usage:&lt;br /&gt;
{{#invoke:String|match|source_string|pattern_string|start_index|match_number|plain_flag|nomatch_output}}&lt;br /&gt;
OR&lt;br /&gt;
{{#invoke:String|match|s=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|start=start_index&lt;br /&gt;
    |match=match_number|plain=plain_flag|nomatch=nomatch_output}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parameters&lt;br /&gt;
    s: The string to search&lt;br /&gt;
    pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string&lt;br /&gt;
    start: The index within the source string to start the search.  The first&lt;br /&gt;
        character of the string has index 1.  Defaults to 1.&lt;br /&gt;
    match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single&lt;br /&gt;
        string.  This specifies which match to return, where the first match is&lt;br /&gt;
        match= 1.  If a negative number is specified then a match is returned&lt;br /&gt;
        counting from the last match.  Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting&lt;br /&gt;
        the last match.  Defaults to 1.&lt;br /&gt;
    plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain&lt;br /&gt;
        text.  Defaults to false.&lt;br /&gt;
    nomatch: If no match is found, output the &amp;quot;nomatch&amp;quot; value rather than an error.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or&lt;br /&gt;
trailing whitespace from each string.  In some circumstances this is desirable, in&lt;br /&gt;
other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the match_number or start_index are out of range for the string being queried, then&lt;br /&gt;
this function generates an error.  An error is also generated if no match is found.&lt;br /&gt;
If one adds the parameter ignore_errors=true, then the error will be suppressed and&lt;br /&gt;
an empty string will be returned on any failure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
-- This sub-routine is exported for use in other modules&lt;br /&gt;
function str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch )&lt;br /&gt;
	if s == &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return str._error( &#039;Target string is empty&#039; )&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if pattern == &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return str._error( &#039;Pattern string is empty&#039; )&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	start = tonumber(start) or 1&lt;br /&gt;
	if math.abs(start) &amp;lt; 1 or math.abs(start) &amp;gt; mw.ustring.len( s ) then&lt;br /&gt;
		return str._error( &#039;Requested start is out of range&#039; )&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if match_index == 0 then&lt;br /&gt;
		return str._error( &#039;Match index is out of range&#039; )&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if plain_flag then&lt;br /&gt;
		pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern )&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local result&lt;br /&gt;
	if match_index == 1 then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Find first match is simple case&lt;br /&gt;
		result = mw.ustring.match( s, pattern, start )&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		if start &amp;gt; 1 then&lt;br /&gt;
			s = mw.ustring.sub( s, start )&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
		local iterator = mw.ustring.gmatch(s, pattern)&lt;br /&gt;
		if match_index &amp;gt; 0 then&lt;br /&gt;
			-- Forward search&lt;br /&gt;
			for w in iterator do&lt;br /&gt;
				match_index = match_index - 1&lt;br /&gt;
				if match_index == 0 then&lt;br /&gt;
					result = w&lt;br /&gt;
					break&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			-- Reverse search&lt;br /&gt;
			local result_table = {}&lt;br /&gt;
			local count = 1&lt;br /&gt;
			for w in iterator do&lt;br /&gt;
				result_table[count] = w&lt;br /&gt;
				count = count + 1&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
			result = result_table[ count + match_index ]&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	if result == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
		if nomatch == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
			return str._error( &#039;Match not found&#039; )&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			return nomatch&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return result&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
-- This is the entry point for #invoke:String|match&lt;br /&gt;
function str.match( frame )&lt;br /&gt;
	local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {&#039;s&#039;, &#039;pattern&#039;, &#039;start&#039;, &#039;match&#039;, &#039;plain&#039;, &#039;nomatch&#039;} )&lt;br /&gt;
	local s = new_args[&#039;s&#039;] or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	local start = tonumber( new_args[&#039;start&#039;] ) or 1&lt;br /&gt;
	local plain_flag = str._getBoolean( new_args[&#039;plain&#039;] or false )&lt;br /&gt;
	local pattern = new_args[&#039;pattern&#039;] or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	local match_index = math.floor( tonumber(new_args[&#039;match&#039;]) or 1 )&lt;br /&gt;
	local nomatch = new_args[&#039;nomatch&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch )&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
pos&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function returns a single character from the target string at position pos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usage:&lt;br /&gt;
{{#invoke:String|pos|target_string|index_value}}&lt;br /&gt;
OR&lt;br /&gt;
{{#invoke:String|pos|target=target_string|pos=index_value}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parameters&lt;br /&gt;
    target: The string to search&lt;br /&gt;
    pos: The index for the character to return&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or&lt;br /&gt;
trailing whitespace from the target string.  In some circumstances this is desirable, in&lt;br /&gt;
other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first character has an index value of 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If one requests a negative value, this function will select a character by counting backwards&lt;br /&gt;
from the end of the string.  In other words pos = -1 is the same as asking for the last character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A requested value of zero, or a value greater than the length of the string returns an error.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str.pos( frame )&lt;br /&gt;
	local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {&#039;target&#039;, &#039;pos&#039;} )&lt;br /&gt;
	local target_str = new_args[&#039;target&#039;] or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	local pos = tonumber( new_args[&#039;pos&#039;] ) or 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	if pos == 0 or math.abs(pos) &amp;gt; mw.ustring.len( target_str ) then&lt;br /&gt;
		return str._error( &#039;String index out of range&#039; )&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return mw.ustring.sub( target_str, pos, pos )&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
str_find&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function duplicates the behavior of {{str_find}}, including all of its quirks.&lt;br /&gt;
This is provided in order to support existing templates, but is NOT RECOMMENDED for&lt;br /&gt;
new code and templates.  New code is recommended to use the &amp;quot;find&amp;quot; function instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Returns the first index in &amp;quot;source&amp;quot; that is a match to &amp;quot;target&amp;quot;.  Indexing is 1-based,&lt;br /&gt;
and the function returns -1 if the &amp;quot;target&amp;quot; string is not present in &amp;quot;source&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Important Note: If the &amp;quot;target&amp;quot; string is empty / missing, this function returns a&lt;br /&gt;
value of &amp;quot;1&amp;quot;, which is generally unexpected behavior, and must be accounted for&lt;br /&gt;
separatetly.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str.str_find( frame )&lt;br /&gt;
	local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {&#039;source&#039;, &#039;target&#039;} )&lt;br /&gt;
	local source_str = new_args[&#039;source&#039;] or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	local target_str = new_args[&#039;target&#039;] or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	if target_str == &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return 1&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, target_str, 1, true )&lt;br /&gt;
	if start == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
		start = -1&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return start&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
find&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function allows one to search for a target string or pattern within another&lt;br /&gt;
string.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usage:&lt;br /&gt;
{{#invoke:String|find|source_str|target_string|start_index|plain_flag}}&lt;br /&gt;
OR&lt;br /&gt;
{{#invoke:String|find|source=source_str|target=target_str|start=start_index|plain=plain_flag}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parameters&lt;br /&gt;
    source: The string to search&lt;br /&gt;
    target: The string or pattern to find within source&lt;br /&gt;
    start: The index within the source string to start the search, defaults to 1&lt;br /&gt;
    plain: Boolean flag indicating that target should be understood as plain&lt;br /&gt;
        text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or&lt;br /&gt;
trailing whitespace from the parameter.  In some circumstances this is desirable, in&lt;br /&gt;
other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function returns the first index &amp;gt;= &amp;quot;start&amp;quot; where &amp;quot;target&amp;quot; can be found&lt;br /&gt;
within &amp;quot;source&amp;quot;.  Indices are 1-based.  If &amp;quot;target&amp;quot; is not found, then this&lt;br /&gt;
function returns 0.  If either &amp;quot;source&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;target&amp;quot; are missing / empty, this&lt;br /&gt;
function also returns 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function should be safe for UTF-8 strings.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str.find( frame )&lt;br /&gt;
	local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {&#039;source&#039;, &#039;target&#039;, &#039;start&#039;, &#039;plain&#039; } )&lt;br /&gt;
	local source_str = new_args[&#039;source&#039;] or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	local pattern = new_args[&#039;target&#039;] or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	local start_pos = tonumber(new_args[&#039;start&#039;]) or 1&lt;br /&gt;
	local plain = new_args[&#039;plain&#039;] or true&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	if source_str == &#039;&#039; or pattern == &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return 0&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	plain = str._getBoolean( plain )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, pattern, start_pos, plain )&lt;br /&gt;
	if start == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
		start = 0&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return start&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
replace&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function allows one to replace a target string or pattern within another&lt;br /&gt;
string.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usage:&lt;br /&gt;
{{#invoke:String|replace|source_str|pattern_string|replace_string|replacement_count|plain_flag}}&lt;br /&gt;
OR&lt;br /&gt;
{{#invoke:String|replace|source=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|replace=replace_string|&lt;br /&gt;
   count=replacement_count|plain=plain_flag}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parameters&lt;br /&gt;
    source: The string to search&lt;br /&gt;
    pattern: The string or pattern to find within source&lt;br /&gt;
    replace: The replacement text&lt;br /&gt;
    count: The number of occurences to replace, defaults to all.&lt;br /&gt;
    plain: Boolean flag indicating that pattern should be understood as plain&lt;br /&gt;
        text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str.replace( frame )&lt;br /&gt;
	local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {&#039;source&#039;, &#039;pattern&#039;, &#039;replace&#039;, &#039;count&#039;, &#039;plain&#039; } )&lt;br /&gt;
	local source_str = new_args[&#039;source&#039;] or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	local pattern = new_args[&#039;pattern&#039;] or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	local replace = new_args[&#039;replace&#039;] or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	local count = tonumber( new_args[&#039;count&#039;] )&lt;br /&gt;
	local plain = new_args[&#039;plain&#039;] or true&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	if source_str == &#039;&#039; or pattern == &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return source_str&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	plain = str._getBoolean( plain )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	if plain then&lt;br /&gt;
		pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern )&lt;br /&gt;
		replace = mw.ustring.gsub( replace, &amp;quot;%%&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;%%%%&amp;quot; ) --Only need to escape replacement sequences.&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local result&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	if count ~= nil then&lt;br /&gt;
		result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace, count )&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace )&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return result&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
    simple function to pipe string.rep to templates.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str.rep( frame )&lt;br /&gt;
	local repetitions = tonumber( frame.args[2] )&lt;br /&gt;
	if not repetitions then&lt;br /&gt;
		return str._error( &#039;function rep expects a number as second parameter, received &amp;quot;&#039; .. ( frame.args[2] or &#039;&#039; ) .. &#039;&amp;quot;&#039; )&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return string.rep( frame.args[1] or &#039;&#039;, repetitions )&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
escapePattern&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This function escapes special characters from a Lua string pattern. See [1]&lt;br /&gt;
for details on how patterns work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usage:&lt;br /&gt;
{{#invoke:String|escapePattern|pattern_string}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parameters&lt;br /&gt;
    pattern_string: The pattern string to escape.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str.escapePattern( frame )&lt;br /&gt;
	local pattern_str = frame.args[1]&lt;br /&gt;
	if not pattern_str then&lt;br /&gt;
		return str._error( &#039;No pattern string specified&#039; )&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local result = str._escapePattern( pattern_str )&lt;br /&gt;
	return result&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
count&lt;br /&gt;
This function counts the number of occurrences of one string in another.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str.count(frame)&lt;br /&gt;
	local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {&#039;source&#039;, &#039;pattern&#039;, &#039;plain&#039;})&lt;br /&gt;
	local source = args.source or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	local pattern = args.pattern or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	local plain = str._getBoolean(args.plain or true)&lt;br /&gt;
	if plain then&lt;br /&gt;
		pattern = str._escapePattern(pattern)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local _, count = mw.ustring.gsub(source, pattern, &#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	return count&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
endswith&lt;br /&gt;
This function determines whether a string ends with another string.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str.endswith(frame)&lt;br /&gt;
	local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {&#039;source&#039;, &#039;pattern&#039;})&lt;br /&gt;
	local source = args.source or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	local pattern = args.pattern or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	if pattern == &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- All strings end with the empty string.&lt;br /&gt;
		return &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if mw.ustring.sub(source, -mw.ustring.len(pattern), -1) == pattern then&lt;br /&gt;
		return &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
join&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Join all non empty arguments together; the first argument is the separator.&lt;br /&gt;
Usage:&lt;br /&gt;
{{#invoke:String|join|sep|one|two|three}}&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str.join(frame)&lt;br /&gt;
	local args = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	local sep&lt;br /&gt;
	for _, v in ipairs( frame.args ) do&lt;br /&gt;
		if sep then&lt;br /&gt;
			if v ~= &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
				table.insert(args, v)&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			sep = v&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return table.concat( args, sep or &#039;&#039; )&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
Helper function that populates the argument list given that user may need to use a mix of&lt;br /&gt;
named and unnamed parameters.  This is relevant because named parameters are not&lt;br /&gt;
identical to unnamed parameters due to string trimming, and when dealing with strings&lt;br /&gt;
we sometimes want to either preserve or remove that whitespace depending on the application.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str._getParameters( frame_args, arg_list )&lt;br /&gt;
	local new_args = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	local index = 1&lt;br /&gt;
	local value&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	for _, arg in ipairs( arg_list ) do&lt;br /&gt;
		value = frame_args[arg]&lt;br /&gt;
		if value == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
			value = frame_args[index]&lt;br /&gt;
			index = index + 1&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		new_args[arg] = value&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return new_args&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
Helper function to handle error messages.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str._error( error_str )&lt;br /&gt;
	local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame()&lt;br /&gt;
	local error_category = frame.args.error_category or &#039;Errors reported by Module String&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	local ignore_errors = frame.args.ignore_errors or false&lt;br /&gt;
	local no_category = frame.args.no_category or false&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	if str._getBoolean(ignore_errors) then&lt;br /&gt;
		return &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local error_str = &#039;&amp;lt;strong class=&amp;quot;error&amp;quot;&amp;gt;String Module Error: &#039; .. error_str .. &#039;&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	if error_category ~= &#039;&#039; and not str._getBoolean( no_category ) then&lt;br /&gt;
		error_str = &#039;[[Category:&#039; .. error_category .. &#039;]]&#039; .. error_str&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return error_str&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
Helper Function to interpret boolean strings&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str._getBoolean( boolean_str )&lt;br /&gt;
	local boolean_value&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	if type( boolean_str ) == &#039;string&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		boolean_str = boolean_str:lower()&lt;br /&gt;
		if boolean_str == &#039;false&#039; or boolean_str == &#039;no&#039; or boolean_str == &#039;0&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				or boolean_str == &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			boolean_value = false&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			boolean_value = true&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif type( boolean_str ) == &#039;boolean&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		boolean_value = boolean_str&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		error( &#039;No boolean value found&#039; )&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return boolean_value&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
Helper function that escapes all pattern characters so that they will be treated&lt;br /&gt;
as plain text.&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
function str._escapePattern( pattern_str )&lt;br /&gt;
	return mw.ustring.gsub( pattern_str, &amp;quot;([%(%)%.%%%+%-%*%?%[%^%$%]])&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;%%%1&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return str&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Template:Sandbox_other&amp;diff=356</id>
		<title>Template:Sandbox other</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Template:Sandbox_other&amp;diff=356"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#if:{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|sandbox|1}}{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|1}}{{#invoke:String|match|{{PAGENAME}}|/sandbox/styles.css$|plain=false|nomatch=}}|{{{1|}}}|{{{2|}}}}}&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{documentation}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Message_box/configuration/doc&amp;diff=354</id>
		<title>Module:Message box/configuration/doc</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Message_box/configuration/doc&amp;diff=354"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{high-use|6585462}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Used in system}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Module rating|protected}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Transclusion_count&amp;diff=352</id>
		<title>Module:Transclusion count</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Transclusion_count&amp;diff=352"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;local p = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.fetch(frame)&lt;br /&gt;
	local template = nil&lt;br /&gt;
	local return_value = nil&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Use demo parameter if it exists, otherswise use current template name&lt;br /&gt;
	if frame.args[&amp;quot;demo&amp;quot;] and frame.args[&amp;quot;demo&amp;quot;] ~= &amp;quot;&amp;quot; then&lt;br /&gt;
		template = frame.args[&amp;quot;demo&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 10 then -- Template namespace only&lt;br /&gt;
		template = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().text&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- If in template namespace, look up count in /data&lt;br /&gt;
	if template ~= nil and mw.title.new(template, &amp;quot;Template&amp;quot;).namespace == 10 then&lt;br /&gt;
		template =  mw.ustring.gsub(template, &amp;quot;/doc$&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;&amp;quot;) -- strip /doc from end&lt;br /&gt;
		local index = mw.ustring.upper(mw.ustring.sub(template,1,1))&lt;br /&gt;
		local data = mw.loadData(&#039;Module:Transclusion_count/data/&#039; .. (mw.ustring.find(index, &amp;quot;%a&amp;quot;) and index or &amp;quot;other&amp;quot;))&lt;br /&gt;
		return_value = tonumber(data[mw.ustring.gsub(template, &amp;quot; &amp;quot;, &amp;quot;_&amp;quot;)])&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- If database value doesn&#039;t exist, use value passed to template&lt;br /&gt;
	if return_value == nil and frame.args[1] ~= nil then&lt;br /&gt;
		local arg1=mw.ustring.match(frame.args[1], &#039;[%d,]+&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		return_value = tonumber(frame:callParserFunction(&#039;formatnum&#039;, arg1, &#039;R&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	return return_value	&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return p&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Protection_banner/config&amp;diff=350</id>
		<title>Module:Protection banner/config</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Protection_banner/config&amp;diff=350"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;-- This module provides configuration data for [[Module:Protection banner]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return {&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
--                                BANNER DATA&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
-- Banner data consists of six fields:&lt;br /&gt;
-- * text - the main protection text that appears at the top of protection&lt;br /&gt;
--   banners.&lt;br /&gt;
-- * explanation - the text that appears below the main protection text, used&lt;br /&gt;
--   to explain the details of the protection.&lt;br /&gt;
-- * tooltip - the tooltip text you see when you move the mouse over a small&lt;br /&gt;
--   padlock icon.&lt;br /&gt;
-- * link - the page that the small padlock icon links to.&lt;br /&gt;
-- * alt - the alt text for the small padlock icon. This is also used as tooltip&lt;br /&gt;
--   text for the large protection banners.&lt;br /&gt;
-- * image - the padlock image used in both protection banners and small padlock&lt;br /&gt;
--   icons.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- The module checks in three separate tables to find a value for each field.&lt;br /&gt;
-- First it checks the banners table, which has values specific to the reason&lt;br /&gt;
-- for the page being protected. Then the module checks the defaultBanners&lt;br /&gt;
-- table, which has values specific to each protection level. Finally, the&lt;br /&gt;
-- module checks the masterBanner table, which holds data for protection&lt;br /&gt;
-- templates to use if no data has been found in the previous two tables.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- The values in the banner data can take parameters. These are specified&lt;br /&gt;
-- using ${TEXTLIKETHIS} (a dollar sign preceding a parameter name&lt;br /&gt;
-- enclosed in curly braces).&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
--                          Available parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${CURRENTVERSION} - a link to the page history or the move log, with the&lt;br /&gt;
-- display message &amp;quot;current-version-edit-display&amp;quot; or&lt;br /&gt;
-- &amp;quot;current-version-move-display&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${EDITREQUEST} - a link to create an edit request for the current page.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} - an explanation blurb, e.g. &amp;quot;Please discuss any changes&lt;br /&gt;
-- on the talk page; you may submit a request to ask an administrator to make&lt;br /&gt;
-- an edit if it is minor or supported by consensus.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${IMAGELINK} - a link to set the image to, depending on the protection&lt;br /&gt;
-- action and protection level.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${INTROBLURB} - the PROTECTIONBLURB parameter, plus the expiry if an expiry&lt;br /&gt;
-- is set. E.g. &amp;quot;Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently &lt;br /&gt;
-- disabled until dd Month YYYY.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${INTROFRAGMENT} - the same as ${INTROBLURB}, but without final punctuation&lt;br /&gt;
-- so that it can be used in run-on sentences.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${PAGETYPE} - the type of the page, e.g. &amp;quot;article&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;template&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
-- Defined in the cfg.pagetypes table.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} - a blurb explaining the protection level of the page, e.g.&lt;br /&gt;
-- &amp;quot;Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently disabled&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${PROTECTIONDATE} - the protection date, if it has been supplied to the&lt;br /&gt;
-- template.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} - the protection level, e.g. &amp;quot;fully protected&amp;quot; or&lt;br /&gt;
-- &amp;quot;semi-protected&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${PROTECTIONLOG} - a link to the protection log or the pending changes log,&lt;br /&gt;
-- depending on the protection action.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${TALKPAGE} - a link to the talk page. If a section is specified, links&lt;br /&gt;
-- straight to that talk page section.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${TOOLTIPBLURB} - uses the PAGETYPE, PROTECTIONTYPE and EXPIRY parameters to&lt;br /&gt;
-- create a blurb like &amp;quot;This template is semi-protected&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;This article is&lt;br /&gt;
-- move-protected until DD Month YYYY&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${VANDAL} - links for the specified username (or the root page name)&lt;br /&gt;
-- using Module:Vandal-m.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
--                                 Functions&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- For advanced users, it is possible to use Lua functions instead of strings&lt;br /&gt;
-- in the banner config tables. Using functions gives flexibility that is not&lt;br /&gt;
-- possible just by using parameters. Functions take two arguments, the&lt;br /&gt;
-- protection object and the template arguments, and they must output a string.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- For example:&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- text = function (protectionObj, args)&lt;br /&gt;
--     if protectionObj.level == &#039;autoconfirmed&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
--         return &#039;foo&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
--     else&lt;br /&gt;
--         return &#039;bar&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
--     end&lt;br /&gt;
-- end&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- Some protection object properties and methods that may be useful:&lt;br /&gt;
-- protectionObj.action - the protection action&lt;br /&gt;
-- protectionObj.level - the protection level&lt;br /&gt;
-- protectionObj.reason - the protection reason&lt;br /&gt;
-- protectionObj.expiry - the expiry. Nil if unset, the string &amp;quot;indef&amp;quot; if set&lt;br /&gt;
--     to indefinite, and the protection time in unix time if temporary.&lt;br /&gt;
-- protectionObj.protectionDate - the protection date in unix time, or nil if&lt;br /&gt;
--     unspecified.&lt;br /&gt;
-- protectionObj.bannerConfig - the banner config found by the module. Beware&lt;br /&gt;
--     of editing the config field used by the function, as it could create an&lt;br /&gt;
--     infinite loop.&lt;br /&gt;
-- protectionObj:isProtected - returns a boolean showing whether the page is&lt;br /&gt;
--     protected.&lt;br /&gt;
-- protectionObj:isTemporary - returns a boolean showing whether the expiry is&lt;br /&gt;
--     temporary.&lt;br /&gt;
-- protectionObj:isIncorrect - returns a boolean showing whether the protection&lt;br /&gt;
--     template is incorrect.&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- The master banner data, used if no values have been found in banners or&lt;br /&gt;
-- defaultBanners.&lt;br /&gt;
masterBanner = {&lt;br /&gt;
	text = &#039;${INTROBLURB}&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	explanation = &#039;${EXPLANATIONBLURB}&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	tooltip = &#039;${TOOLTIPBLURB}&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	link = &#039;${IMAGELINK}&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	alt = &#039;Page ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- The default banner data. This holds banner data for different protection&lt;br /&gt;
-- levels.&lt;br /&gt;
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.&lt;br /&gt;
defaultBanners = {&lt;br /&gt;
	edit = {},&lt;br /&gt;
	move = {},&lt;br /&gt;
	autoreview = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = {&lt;br /&gt;
			alt = &#039;Page protected with pending changes&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			tooltip = &#039;All edits by unregistered and new users are subject to review prior to becoming visible to unregistered users&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			image = &#039;Pending-protection-shackle.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		}&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	upload = {}&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- The banner data. This holds banner data for different protection reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
-- In fact, the reasons specified in this table control which reasons are&lt;br /&gt;
-- valid inputs to the first positional parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- There is also a non-standard &amp;quot;description&amp;quot; field that can be used for items&lt;br /&gt;
-- in this table. This is a description of the protection reason for use in the&lt;br /&gt;
-- module documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.&lt;br /&gt;
banners = {&lt;br /&gt;
	edit = {&lt;br /&gt;
		blp = {&lt;br /&gt;
			description = &#039;For pages protected to promote compliance with the&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;|biographies of living persons]] policy&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			text = &#039;${INTROFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &amp;quot;|Wikipedia&#039;s&amp;amp;nbsp;policy on&amp;amp;nbsp;the&amp;amp;nbsp;biographies&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; of&amp;amp;nbsp;living&amp;amp;nbsp;people]].&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			tooltip = &#039;${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with the policy on&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; biographies of living people&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		dmca = {&lt;br /&gt;
			description = &#039;For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; due to [[Digital Millennium Copyright Act]] takedown requests&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			explanation = function (protectionObj, args)&lt;br /&gt;
				local ret = &#039;Pursuant to a rights owner notice under the Digital&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039; Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) regarding some content&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039; in this article, the Wikimedia Foundation acted under&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039; applicable law and took down and restricted the content&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039; in question.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				if args.notice then&lt;br /&gt;
					ret = ret .. &#039; A copy of the received notice can be found here: &#039;&lt;br /&gt;
						.. args.notice .. &#039;.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
				ret = ret .. &#039; For more information, including websites discussing&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039; how to file a counter-notice, please see&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &amp;quot; [[Wikipedia:Office actions]] and the article&#039;s ${TALKPAGE}.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;Do not remove this template from the article until the&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &amp;quot; restrictions are withdrawn&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				return ret&lt;br /&gt;
			end,&lt;br /&gt;
			image = &#039;Office-protection-shackle.svg&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		dispute = {&lt;br /&gt;
			description = &#039;For pages protected due to editing disputes&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			text = function (protectionObj, args)&lt;br /&gt;
				-- Find the value of &amp;quot;disputes&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
				local display = &#039;disputes&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				local disputes&lt;br /&gt;
				if args.section then&lt;br /&gt;
					disputes = string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
						&#039;[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
						mw.site.namespaces[protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name,&lt;br /&gt;
						protectionObj.title.text,&lt;br /&gt;
						args.section,&lt;br /&gt;
						display&lt;br /&gt;
					)&lt;br /&gt;
				else&lt;br /&gt;
					disputes = display&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
				-- Make the blurb, depending on the expiry.&lt;br /&gt;
				local msg&lt;br /&gt;
				if type(protectionObj.expiry) == &#039;number&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
					msg = &#039;${INTROFRAGMENT} or until editing %s have been resolved.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				else&lt;br /&gt;
					msg = &#039;${INTROFRAGMENT} until editing %s have been resolved.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
				return string.format(msg, disputes)&lt;br /&gt;
			end,&lt;br /&gt;
			explanation = &amp;quot;This protection is &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; an endorsement of the&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			tooltip = &#039;${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to editing disputes&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		ecp = {&lt;br /&gt;
			description = &#039;For articles in topic areas authorized by&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|ArbCom]] or&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; meets the criteria for community use&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			tooltip = &#039;This ${PAGETYPE} is extended-confirmed protected&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			alt = &#039;Extended-protected ${PAGETYPE}&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		mainpage = {&lt;br /&gt;
			description = &#039;For pages protected for being displayed on the [[Main Page]]&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			text = &#039;This file is currently&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:This page is protected|protected]] from&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; editing because it is currently or will soon be displayed&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; on the [[Main Page]].&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			explanation = &#039;Images on the Main Page are protected due to their high&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; visibility. Please discuss any necessary changes on the ${TALKPAGE}.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;font-size:90%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;Administrators:&#039;&#039;&#039; Once this image is definitely off the Main Page,&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; please unprotect this file, or reduce to semi-protection,&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; as appropriate.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		office = {&lt;br /&gt;
			description = &#039;For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			text = function (protectionObj, args)&lt;br /&gt;
				local ret = &#039;This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039; scrutiny of the&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039; and is protected.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				if protectionObj.protectionDate then&lt;br /&gt;
					ret = ret .. &#039; It has been protected since ${PROTECTIONDATE}.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
				return ret&lt;br /&gt;
			end,&lt;br /&gt;
			explanation = &amp;quot;If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &amp;quot; additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. &#039;&#039;&#039;Do not remove protection from this&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &amp;quot; page unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation to do&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &amp;quot; so.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
			image = &#039;Office-protection-shackle.svg&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		reset = {&lt;br /&gt;
			description = &#039;For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation and&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; &amp;quot;reset&amp;quot; to a bare-bones version&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
 			text = &#039;This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039; scrutiny of the&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039; and is protected.&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			explanation = function (protectionObj, args)&lt;br /&gt;
				local ret = &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				if protectionObj.protectionDate then&lt;br /&gt;
					ret = ret .. &#039;On ${PROTECTIONDATE} this ${PAGETYPE} was&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				else&lt;br /&gt;
					ret = ret .. &#039;This ${PAGETYPE} has been&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
				ret = ret .. &#039; reduced to a&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; simplified, &amp;quot;bare bones&amp;quot; version so that it may be completely&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; rewritten to ensure it meets the policies of&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[WP:NPOV|Neutral Point of View]] and [[WP:V|Verifiability]].&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; Standard Wikipedia policies will apply to its rewriting—which&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; will eventually be open to all editors—and will be strictly&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; enforced. The ${PAGETYPE} has been ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} while&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; it is being rebuilt.\n\n&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;Any insertion of material directly from&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; pre-protection revisions of the ${PAGETYPE} will be removed, as&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; will any material added to the ${PAGETYPE} that is not properly&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; sourced. The associated talk page(s) were also cleared on the&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &amp;quot; same date.\n\n&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &amp;quot;If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &amp;quot; additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. &#039;&#039;&#039;Do not override&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &amp;quot; this action, and do not remove protection from this page,&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &amp;quot; unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &amp;quot; to do so. No editor may remove this notice.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
				return ret&lt;br /&gt;
			end,&lt;br /&gt;
			image = &#039;Office-protection-shackle.svg&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		sock = {&lt;br /&gt;
			description = &#039;For pages protected due to&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppetry]]&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			text = &#039;${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppets]] of&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Blocking policy|blocked]] or&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Banning policy|banned users]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; from editing it.&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			tooltip = &#039;${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to prevent sock puppets of blocked or banned users from&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; editing it&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		template = {&lt;br /&gt;
			description = &#039;For [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; templates and Lua modules&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			text = &#039;This is a permanently [[Help:Protection|protected]] ${PAGETYPE},&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; as it is [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]].&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			explanation = &#039;Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] or&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Template editor|template editor]] to make an edit if&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; it is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;|uncontroversial]] or supported by&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]]. You can also&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; unprotected.&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			tooltip = &#039;This high-risk ${PAGETYPE} is permanently ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; to prevent vandalism&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			alt = &#039;Permanently protected ${PAGETYPE}&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		usertalk = {&lt;br /&gt;
			description = &#039;For pages protected against disruptive edits by a&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; particular user&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			text = &#039;${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent ${VANDAL} from using it to make disruptive edits,&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; such as abusing the&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; &amp;amp;#123;&amp;amp;#123;[[Template:unblock|unblock]]&amp;amp;#125;&amp;amp;#125; template.&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			explanation = &#039;If you cannot edit this user talk page and you need to&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; make a change or leave a message, you can&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;#Current requests for edits to a protected page&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;|request an edit]],&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;#Current requests for reduction in protection level&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;|request unprotection]],&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[Special:Userlogin|log in]],&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; or [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		vandalism = {&lt;br /&gt;
			description = &#039;For pages protected against&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]]&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			text = &#039;${INTROFRAGMENT} due to [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]].&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			explanation = function (protectionObj, args)&lt;br /&gt;
				local ret = &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				if protectionObj.level == &#039;sysop&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
					ret = ret .. &amp;quot;This protection is &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; an endorsement of the&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
						.. &#039; ${CURRENTVERSION}. &#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
				return ret .. &#039;${EXPLANATIONBLURB}&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			end,&lt;br /&gt;
			tooltip = &#039;${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to vandalism&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		}&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	move = {&lt;br /&gt;
		dispute = {&lt;br /&gt;
			description = &#039;For pages protected against page moves due to&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; disputes over the page title&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			explanation = &amp;quot;This protection is &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; an endorsement of the&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			image = &#039;Move-protection-shackle.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		vandalism = {&lt;br /&gt;
			description = &#039;For pages protected against&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Vandalism#Page-move vandalism&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; |page-move vandalism]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		}&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	autoreview = {},&lt;br /&gt;
	upload = {}&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
--                            GENERAL DATA TABLES&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Protection blurbs&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- This table produces the protection blurbs available with the&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action and&lt;br /&gt;
-- protection level, and is checked by the module in the following order:&lt;br /&gt;
-- 1. page&#039;s protection action, page&#039;s protection level&lt;br /&gt;
-- 2. page&#039;s protection action, default protection level&lt;br /&gt;
-- 3. &amp;quot;edit&amp;quot; protection action, default protection level&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.&lt;br /&gt;
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.&lt;br /&gt;
protectionBlurbs = {&lt;br /&gt;
	edit = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = &#039;This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			.. &#039;protected]] from editing&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		autoconfirmed = &#039;Editing of this ${PAGETYPE} by [[Wikipedia:User access&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			.. &#039; levels#New users|new]] or [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			.. &#039; users|unregistered]] users is currently [[Help:Protection|disabled]]&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		extendedconfirmed = &#039;This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under extended confirmed protection&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	move = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = &#039;This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|protected]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			.. &#039; from [[Help:Moving a page|page moves]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	autoreview = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = &#039;All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:User access levels#New users|new]] or&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered users|unregistered]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			.. &#039; users are currently&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	upload = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = &#039;Uploading new versions of this ${PAGETYPE} is currently disabled&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Explanation blurbs&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- This table produces the explanation blurbs available with the&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action,&lt;br /&gt;
-- protection level, and whether the page is a talk page or not. If the page is&lt;br /&gt;
-- a talk page it will have a talk key of &amp;quot;talk&amp;quot;; otherwise it will have a talk&lt;br /&gt;
-- key of &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot;. The table is checked in the following order:&lt;br /&gt;
-- 1. page&#039;s protection action, page&#039;s protection level, page&#039;s talk key&lt;br /&gt;
-- 2. page&#039;s protection action, page&#039;s protection level, default talk key&lt;br /&gt;
-- 3. page&#039;s protection action, default protection level, page&#039;s talk key&lt;br /&gt;
-- 4. page&#039;s protection action, default protection level, default talk key&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.&lt;br /&gt;
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.&lt;br /&gt;
explanationBlurbs = {&lt;br /&gt;
	edit = {&lt;br /&gt;
		autoconfirmed = {&lt;br /&gt;
			subject = &#039;See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; ${EDITREQUEST}, discuss changes on the ${TALKPAGE},&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;#Current requests for reduction in protection level&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			default = &#039;See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;#Current requests for reduction in protection level&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		extendedconfirmed = {&lt;br /&gt;
			default = &#039;Extended confirmed protection prevents edits from all unregistered editors&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; and registered users with fewer than 30 days tenure and 500 edits.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; The [[Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended|policy on community use]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; specifies that extended confirmed protection can be applied to combat&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; disruption, if semi-protection has proven to be ineffective.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; Extended confirmed protection may also be applied to enforce&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|arbitration sanctions]].&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; ${EDITREQUEST} to ask for uncontroversial changes supported by&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]].&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		default = {&lt;br /&gt;
			subject = &#039;See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;|consensus]]. You may also [[Wikipedia:Requests for&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;|request]] that this page be unprotected.&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			default = &#039;See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; You may [[Wikipedia:Requests for page&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; protection#Current requests for edits to a protected page|request an&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; edit]] to this page, or [[Wikipedia:Requests for&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;|ask]] for it to be unprotected.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		}&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	move = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = {&lt;br /&gt;
			subject = &#039;See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; The page may still be edited but cannot be moved&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves on the&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; ${TALKPAGE} or at [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; unprotected.&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			default = &#039;See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; The page may still be edited but cannot be moved&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves at&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; unprotected.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		}&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	autoreview = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = {&lt;br /&gt;
			default = &#039;See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} by new and unregistered users&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; will not be visible to readers until they are accepted by&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; a reviewer. To avoid the need for your edits to be&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; reviewed, you may&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;#Current requests for reduction in protection level&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	upload = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = {&lt;br /&gt;
			default = &#039;See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039;protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; The page may still be edited but new versions of the file&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; cannot be uploaded until it is unprotected. You can&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; request that a new version be uploaded by using a&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Edit requests|protected edit request]], or you&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; can  [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				.. &#039; that the file be unprotected.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		}&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Protection levels&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- This table provides the data for the ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} parameter, which&lt;br /&gt;
-- produces a short label for different protection levels. It is sorted by&lt;br /&gt;
-- protection action and protection level, and is checked in the following&lt;br /&gt;
-- order:&lt;br /&gt;
-- 1. page&#039;s protection action, page&#039;s protection level&lt;br /&gt;
-- 2. page&#039;s protection action, default protection level&lt;br /&gt;
-- 3. &amp;quot;edit&amp;quot; protection action, default protection level&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.&lt;br /&gt;
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.&lt;br /&gt;
protectionLevels = {&lt;br /&gt;
	edit = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = &#039;protected&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		templateeditor = &#039;template-protected&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		extendedconfirmed = &#039;extended-protected&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		autoconfirmed = &#039;semi-protected&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	move = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = &#039;move-protected&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	autoreview = {&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	upload = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = &#039;upload-protected&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Images&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- This table lists different padlock images for each protection action and&lt;br /&gt;
-- protection level. It is used if an image is not specified in any of the&lt;br /&gt;
-- banner data tables, and if the page does not satisfy the conditions for using&lt;br /&gt;
-- the [&#039;image-filename-indef&#039;] image. It is checked in the following order:&lt;br /&gt;
-- 1. page&#039;s protection action, page&#039;s protection level&lt;br /&gt;
-- 2. page&#039;s protection action, default protection level&lt;br /&gt;
images = {&lt;br /&gt;
	edit = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = &#039;Full-protection-shackle.svg&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		templateeditor = &#039;Template-protection-shackle.svg&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		extendedconfirmed = &#039;Extended-protection-shackle.svg&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		autoconfirmed = &#039;Semi-protection-shackle.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	move = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = &#039;Move-protection-shackle.svg&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	autoreview = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = &#039;Pending-protection-shackle.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	upload = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = &#039;Upload-protection-shackle.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Pages with a reason specified in this table will show the special &amp;quot;indef&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
-- padlock, defined in the &#039;image-filename-indef&#039; message, if no expiry is set.&lt;br /&gt;
indefImageReasons = {&lt;br /&gt;
	template = true&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Image links&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- This table provides the data for the ${IMAGELINK} parameter, which gets&lt;br /&gt;
-- the image link for small padlock icons based on the page&#039;s protection action&lt;br /&gt;
-- and protection level. It is checked in the following order:&lt;br /&gt;
-- 1. page&#039;s protection action, page&#039;s protection level&lt;br /&gt;
-- 2. page&#039;s protection action, default protection level&lt;br /&gt;
-- 3. &amp;quot;edit&amp;quot; protection action, default protection level&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.&lt;br /&gt;
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.&lt;br /&gt;
imageLinks = {&lt;br /&gt;
	edit = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = &#039;Wikipedia:Protection policy#full&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		templateeditor = &#039;Wikipedia:Protection policy#template&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		extendedconfirmed = &#039;Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		autoconfirmed = &#039;Wikipedia:Protection policy#semi&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	move = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = &#039;Wikipedia:Protection policy#move&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	autoreview = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = &#039;Wikipedia:Protection policy#pending&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	upload = {&lt;br /&gt;
		default = &#039;Wikipedia:Protection policy#upload&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Padlock indicator names&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- This table provides the &amp;quot;name&amp;quot; attribute for the &amp;lt;indicator&amp;gt; extension tag&lt;br /&gt;
-- with which small padlock icons are generated. All indicator tags on a page&lt;br /&gt;
-- are displayed in alphabetical order based on this attribute, and with&lt;br /&gt;
-- indicator tags with duplicate names, the last tag on the page wins.&lt;br /&gt;
-- The attribute is chosen based on the protection action; table keys must be a&lt;br /&gt;
-- protection action name or the string &amp;quot;default&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
padlockIndicatorNames = {&lt;br /&gt;
	autoreview = &#039;pp-autoreview&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	default = &#039;pp-default&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Protection categories&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
-- The protection categories are stored in the protectionCategories table.&lt;br /&gt;
-- Keys to this table are made up of the following strings:&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- 1. the expiry date&lt;br /&gt;
-- 2. the namespace&lt;br /&gt;
-- 3. the protection reason (e.g. &amp;quot;dispute&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;vandalism&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
-- 4. the protection level (e.g. &amp;quot;sysop&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;autoconfirmed&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
-- 5. the action (e.g. &amp;quot;edit&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;move&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
-- &lt;br /&gt;
-- When the module looks up a category in the table, first it will will check to&lt;br /&gt;
-- see a key exists that corresponds to all five parameters. For example, a&lt;br /&gt;
-- user page semi-protected from vandalism for two weeks would have the key&lt;br /&gt;
-- &amp;quot;temp-user-vandalism-autoconfirmed-edit&amp;quot;. If no match is found, the module&lt;br /&gt;
-- changes the first part of the key to &amp;quot;all&amp;quot; and checks the table again. It&lt;br /&gt;
-- keeps checking increasingly generic key combinations until it finds the&lt;br /&gt;
-- field, or until it reaches the key &amp;quot;all-all-all-all-all&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- The module uses a binary matrix to determine the order in which to search.&lt;br /&gt;
-- This is best demonstrated by a table. In this table, the &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; values&lt;br /&gt;
-- represent &amp;quot;all&amp;quot;, and the &amp;quot;1&amp;quot; values represent the original data (e.g.&lt;br /&gt;
-- &amp;quot;indef&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;file&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;vandalism&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
--        expiry    namespace reason   level     action&lt;br /&gt;
-- order&lt;br /&gt;
-- 1      1         1         1        1         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 2      0         1         1        1         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 3      1         0         1        1         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 4      0         0         1        1         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 5      1         1         0        1         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 6      0         1         0        1         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 7      1         0         0        1         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 8      0         0         0        1         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 9      1         1         1        0         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 10     0         1         1        0         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 11     1         0         1        0         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 12     0         0         1        0         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 13     1         1         0        0         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 14     0         1         0        0         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 15     1         0         0        0         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 16     0         0         0        0         1&lt;br /&gt;
-- 17     1         1         1        1         0&lt;br /&gt;
-- 18     0         1         1        1         0&lt;br /&gt;
-- 19     1         0         1        1         0&lt;br /&gt;
-- 20     0         0         1        1         0&lt;br /&gt;
-- 21     1         1         0        1         0&lt;br /&gt;
-- 22     0         1         0        1         0&lt;br /&gt;
-- 23     1         0         0        1         0&lt;br /&gt;
-- 24     0         0         0        1         0&lt;br /&gt;
-- 25     1         1         1        0         0&lt;br /&gt;
-- 26     0         1         1        0         0&lt;br /&gt;
-- 27     1         0         1        0         0&lt;br /&gt;
-- 28     0         0         1        0         0&lt;br /&gt;
-- 29     1         1         0        0         0&lt;br /&gt;
-- 30     0         1         0        0         0&lt;br /&gt;
-- 31     1         0         0        0         0&lt;br /&gt;
-- 32     0         0         0        0         0&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- In this scheme the action has the highest priority, as it is the last&lt;br /&gt;
-- to change, and the expiry has the least priority, as it changes the most.&lt;br /&gt;
-- The priorities of the expiry, the protection level and the action are&lt;br /&gt;
-- fixed, but the priorities of the reason and the namespace can be swapped&lt;br /&gt;
-- through the use of the cfg.bannerDataNamespaceHasPriority table.&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- If the reason specified to the template is listed in this table,&lt;br /&gt;
-- namespace data will take priority over reason data in the protectionCategories&lt;br /&gt;
-- table.&lt;br /&gt;
reasonsWithNamespacePriority = {&lt;br /&gt;
	vandalism = true,&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- The string to use as a namespace key for the protectionCategories table for each&lt;br /&gt;
-- namespace number.&lt;br /&gt;
categoryNamespaceKeys = {&lt;br /&gt;
	[  2] = &#039;user&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[  3] = &#039;user&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[  4] = &#039;project&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[  6] = &#039;file&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[  8] = &#039;mediawiki&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[ 10] = &#039;template&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[ 12] = &#039;project&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[ 14] = &#039;category&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[100] = &#039;portal&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[828] = &#039;module&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
protectionCategories = {&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|all|all|all|all&#039;]                  = &#039;Wikipedia fully protected pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|all|office|all|all&#039;]               = &#039;Wikipedia Office-protected pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|all|reset|all|all&#039;]                = &#039;Wikipedia Office-protected pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|all|dmca|all|all&#039;]                 = &#039;Wikipedia Office-protected pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|all|mainpage|all|all&#039;]             = &#039;Wikipedia fully-protected main page files&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|all|all|extendedconfirmed|all&#039;]    = &#039;Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|all|ecp|extendedconfirmed|all&#039;]    = &#039;Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|template|all|all|edit&#039;]            = &#039;Wikipedia fully protected templates&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit&#039;]       = &#039;Wikipedia semi-protected pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;indef|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit&#039;]     = &#039;Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit&#039;]       = &#039;Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected biographies of living people&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;temp|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit&#039;]      = &#039;Wikipedia temporarily semi-protected biographies of living people&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|all|dispute|autoconfirmed|edit&#039;]   = &#039;Wikipedia pages semi-protected due to dispute&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|all|sock|autoconfirmed|edit&#039;]      = &#039;Wikipedia pages semi-protected from banned users&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|all|vandalism|autoconfirmed|edit&#039;] = &#039;Wikipedia pages semi-protected against vandalism&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|category|all|autoconfirmed|edit&#039;]  = &#039;Wikipedia semi-protected categories&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|file|all|autoconfirmed|edit&#039;]      = &#039;Wikipedia semi-protected files&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|portal|all|autoconfirmed|edit&#039;]    = &#039;Wikipedia semi-protected portals&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|project|all|autoconfirmed|edit&#039;]   = &#039;Wikipedia semi-protected project pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|talk|all|autoconfirmed|edit&#039;]      = &#039;Wikipedia semi-protected talk pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|template|all|autoconfirmed|edit&#039;]  = &#039;Wikipedia semi-protected templates&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|user|all|autoconfirmed|edit&#039;]      = &#039;Wikipedia semi-protected user and user talk pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|template|all|templateeditor|edit&#039;] = &#039;Wikipedia template-protected templates&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|all|blp|sysop|edit&#039;]               = &#039;Wikipedia indefinitely protected biographies of living people&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;temp|all|blp|sysop|edit&#039;]              = &#039;Wikipedia temporarily protected biographies of living people&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|all|dispute|sysop|edit&#039;]           = &#039;Wikipedia pages protected due to dispute&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|all|sock|sysop|edit&#039;]              = &#039;Wikipedia pages protected from banned users&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|all|vandalism|sysop|edit&#039;]         = &#039;Wikipedia pages protected against vandalism&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|category|all|sysop|edit&#039;]          = &#039;Wikipedia fully protected categories&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|file|all|sysop|edit&#039;]              = &#039;Wikipedia fully-protected files&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|project|all|sysop|edit&#039;]           = &#039;Wikipedia fully-protected project pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|talk|all|sysop|edit&#039;]              = &#039;Wikipedia fully-protected talk pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|template|all|sysop|edit&#039;]          = &#039;Wikipedia fully protected templates&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|user|all|sysop|edit&#039;]              = &#039;Wikipedia fully protected user and user talk pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|module|all|all|edit&#039;]              = &#039;Wikipedia fully-protected modules&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|module|all|templateeditor|edit&#039;]   = &#039;Wikipedia template-protected modules&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|module|all|autoconfirmed|edit&#039;]    = &#039;Wikipedia semi-protected modules&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|all|all|sysop|move&#039;]               = &#039;Wikipedia move-protected pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;indef|all|all|sysop|move&#039;]             = &#039;Wikipedia indefinitely move-protected pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|all|dispute|sysop|move&#039;]           = &#039;Wikipedia pages move-protected due to dispute&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|all|vandalism|sysop|move&#039;]         = &#039;Wikipedia pages move-protected due to vandalism&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|portal|all|sysop|move&#039;]            = &#039;Wikipedia move-protected portals&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|portal|all|sysop|move&#039;]            = &#039;Wikipedia move-protected portals&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|project|all|sysop|move&#039;]           = &#039;Wikipedia move-protected project pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|talk|all|sysop|move&#039;]              = &#039;Wikipedia move-protected talk pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|template|all|sysop|move&#039;]          = &#039;Wikipedia move-protected templates&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|user|all|sysop|move&#039;]              = &#039;Wikipedia move-protected user and user talk pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|all|all|autoconfirmed|autoreview&#039;] = &#039;Wikipedia pending changes protected pages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;all|file|all|all|upload&#039;]              = &#039;Wikipedia upload-protected files&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Expiry category config&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- This table configures the expiry category behaviour for each protection&lt;br /&gt;
-- action.&lt;br /&gt;
-- * If set to true, setting that action will always categorise the page if&lt;br /&gt;
--   an expiry parameter is not set.&lt;br /&gt;
-- * If set to false, setting that action will never categorise the page.&lt;br /&gt;
-- * If set to nil, the module will categorise the page if:&lt;br /&gt;
--   1) an expiry parameter is not set, and&lt;br /&gt;
--   2) a reason is provided, and&lt;br /&gt;
--   3) the specified reason is not blacklisted in the reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck&lt;br /&gt;
--      table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
expiryCheckActions = {&lt;br /&gt;
	edit = nil,&lt;br /&gt;
	move = false,&lt;br /&gt;
	autoreview = true,&lt;br /&gt;
	upload = false&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck = {&lt;br /&gt;
	blp = true,&lt;br /&gt;
	template = true,&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Pagetypes&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- This table produces the page types available with the ${PAGETYPE} parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
-- Keys are namespace numbers, or the string &amp;quot;default&amp;quot; for the default value.&lt;br /&gt;
pagetypes = {&lt;br /&gt;
	[0] = &#039;article&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[6] = &#039;file&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[10] = &#039;template&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[14] = &#039;category&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	[828] = &#039;module&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	default = &#039;page&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Strings marking indefinite protection&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- This table contains values passed to the expiry parameter that mean the page&lt;br /&gt;
-- is protected indefinitely.&lt;br /&gt;
indefStrings = {&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;indef&#039;] = true,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;indefinite&#039;] = true,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;indefinitely&#039;] = true,&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;infinite&#039;] = true,&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Group hierarchy&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- This table maps each group to all groups that have a superset of the original&lt;br /&gt;
-- group&#039;s page editing permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
hierarchy = {&lt;br /&gt;
	sysop = {},&lt;br /&gt;
	reviewer = {&#039;sysop&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	filemover = {&#039;sysop&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	templateeditor = {&#039;sysop&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	extendedconfirmed = {&#039;sysop&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	autoconfirmed = {&#039;reviewer&#039;, &#039;filemover&#039;, &#039;templateeditor&#039;, &#039;extendedconfirmed&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	user = {&#039;autoconfirmed&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;*&#039;] = {&#039;user&#039;}&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Wrapper templates and their default arguments&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- This table contains wrapper templates used with the module, and their&lt;br /&gt;
-- default arguments. Templates specified in this table should contain the&lt;br /&gt;
-- following invocation, and no other template content:&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- {{#invoke:Protection banner|main}}&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- If other content is desired, it can be added between&lt;br /&gt;
-- &amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;...&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; tags.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- When a user calls one of these wrapper templates, they will use the&lt;br /&gt;
-- default arguments automatically. However, users can override any of the&lt;br /&gt;
-- arguments.&lt;br /&gt;
wrappers = {&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp&#039;]                         = {},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-extended&#039;]                = {&#039;ecp&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-blp&#039;]                     = {&#039;blp&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	-- we don&#039;t need Template:Pp-create&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-dispute&#039;]                 = {&#039;dispute&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-main-page&#039;]               = {&#039;mainpage&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-move&#039;]                    = {action = &#039;move&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-move-dispute&#039;]            = {&#039;dispute&#039;, action = &#039;move&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	-- we don&#039;t need Template:Pp-move-indef&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-move-vandalism&#039;]          = {&#039;vandalism&#039;, action = &#039;move&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-office&#039;]                  = {&#039;office&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-office-dmca&#039;]             = {&#039;dmca&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-pc&#039;]                      = {action = &#039;autoreview&#039;, small = true},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-pc1&#039;]                     = {action = &#039;autoreview&#039;, small = true},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-reset&#039;]                   = {&#039;reset&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-semi-indef&#039;]              = {small = true},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-sock&#039;]                    = {&#039;sock&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-template&#039;]                = {&#039;template&#039;, small = true},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-upload&#039;]                  = {action = &#039;upload&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-usertalk&#039;]                = {&#039;usertalk&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
	[&#039;Template:Pp-vandalism&#039;]               = {&#039;vandalism&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
},&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- &lt;br /&gt;
--                                 MESSAGES&lt;br /&gt;
-- &lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
msg = {&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Intro blurb and intro fragment&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- These messages specify what is produced by the ${INTROBLURB} and&lt;br /&gt;
-- ${INTROFRAGMENT} parameters. If the protection is temporary they use the&lt;br /&gt;
-- intro-blurb-expiry or intro-fragment-expiry, and if not they use&lt;br /&gt;
-- intro-blurb-noexpiry or intro-fragment-noexpiry.&lt;br /&gt;
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;intro-blurb-expiry&#039;] = &#039;${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY}.&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;intro-blurb-noexpiry&#039;] = &#039;${PROTECTIONBLURB}.&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;intro-fragment-expiry&#039;] = &#039;${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY},&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;intro-fragment-noexpiry&#039;] = &#039;${PROTECTIONBLURB}&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Tooltip blurb&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- These messages specify what is produced by the ${TOOLTIPBLURB} parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
-- If the protection is temporary the tooltip-blurb-expiry message is used, and&lt;br /&gt;
-- if not the tooltip-blurb-noexpiry message is used.&lt;br /&gt;
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;tooltip-blurb-expiry&#039;] = &#039;This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY}.&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;tooltip-blurb-noexpiry&#039;] = &#039;This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}.&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;tooltip-fragment-expiry&#039;] = &#039;This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY},&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;tooltip-fragment-noexpiry&#039;] = &#039;This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Special explanation blurb&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- An explanation blurb for pages that cannot be unprotected, e.g. for pages&lt;br /&gt;
-- in the MediaWiki namespace.&lt;br /&gt;
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message.&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;explanation-blurb-nounprotect&#039;] = &#039;See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	.. &#039;protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	.. &#039; Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	.. &#039; may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	.. &#039; [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	.. &#039; is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	.. &#039;|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	.. &#039;|consensus]].&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Protection log display values&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- These messages determine the display values for the protection log link&lt;br /&gt;
-- or the pending changes log link produced by the ${PROTECTIONLOG} parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;protection-log-display&#039;] = &#039;protection log&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;pc-log-display&#039;] = &#039;pending changes log&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Current version display values&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- These messages determine the display values for the page history link&lt;br /&gt;
-- or the move log link produced by the ${CURRENTVERSION} parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;current-version-move-display&#039;] = &#039;current title&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;current-version-edit-display&#039;] = &#039;current version&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Talk page&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- This message determines the display value of the talk page link produced&lt;br /&gt;
-- with the ${TALKPAGE} parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message.&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;talk-page-link-display&#039;] = &#039;talk page&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Edit requests&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- This message determines the display value of the edit request link produced&lt;br /&gt;
-- with the ${EDITREQUEST} parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message.&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;edit-request-display&#039;] = &#039;submit an edit request&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Expiry date format&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- This is the format for the blurb expiry date. It should be valid input for&lt;br /&gt;
-- the first parameter of the #time parser function.&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;expiry-date-format&#039;] = &#039;F j, Y &amp;quot;at&amp;quot; H:i e&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Tracking categories&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- These messages determine which tracking categories the module outputs.&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;tracking-category-incorrect&#039;] = &#039;Wikipedia pages with incorrect protection templates&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;tracking-category-template&#039;] = &#039;Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Images&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- These are images that are not defined by their protection action and protection level.&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;image-filename-indef&#039;] = &#039;Full-protection-shackle.svg&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
[&#039;image-filename-default&#039;] = &#039;Transparent.gif&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- End messages&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- End configuration&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Protection_banner&amp;diff=348</id>
		<title>Module:Protection banner</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Protection_banner&amp;diff=348"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;-- This module implements {{pp-meta}} and its daughter templates such as&lt;br /&gt;
-- {{pp-dispute}}, {{pp-vandalism}} and {{pp-sock}}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Initialise necessary modules.&lt;br /&gt;
require(&#039;Module:No globals&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
local makeFileLink = require(&#039;Module:File link&#039;)._main&lt;br /&gt;
local effectiveProtectionLevel = require(&#039;Module:Effective protection level&#039;)._main&lt;br /&gt;
local effectiveProtectionExpiry = require(&#039;Module:Effective protection expiry&#039;)._main&lt;br /&gt;
local yesno = require(&#039;Module:Yesno&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Lazily initialise modules and objects we don&#039;t always need.&lt;br /&gt;
local getArgs, makeMessageBox, lang&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Set constants.&lt;br /&gt;
local CONFIG_MODULE = &#039;Module:Protection banner/config&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Helper functions&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort)&lt;br /&gt;
	if cat then&lt;br /&gt;
		return string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
			&#039;[[%s:%s|%s]]&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			mw.site.namespaces[14].name,&lt;br /&gt;
			cat,&lt;br /&gt;
			sort&lt;br /&gt;
		)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Validation function for the expiry and the protection date&lt;br /&gt;
local function validateDate(dateString, dateType)&lt;br /&gt;
	if not lang then&lt;br /&gt;
		lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage()&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local success, result = pcall(lang.formatDate, lang, &#039;U&#039;, dateString)&lt;br /&gt;
	if success then&lt;br /&gt;
		result = tonumber(result)&lt;br /&gt;
		if result then&lt;br /&gt;
			return result&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	error(string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
		&#039;invalid %s: %s&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		dateType,&lt;br /&gt;
		tostring(dateString)&lt;br /&gt;
	), 4)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function makeFullUrl(page, query, display)&lt;br /&gt;
	return string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
		&#039;[%s %s]&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(page, query)),&lt;br /&gt;
		display&lt;br /&gt;
	)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Given a directed graph formatted as node -&amp;gt; table of direct successors,&lt;br /&gt;
-- get a table of all nodes reachable from a given node (though always&lt;br /&gt;
-- including the given node).&lt;br /&gt;
local function getReachableNodes(graph, start)&lt;br /&gt;
	local toWalk, retval = {[start] = true}, {}&lt;br /&gt;
	while true do&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Can&#039;t use pairs() since we&#039;re adding and removing things as we&#039;re iterating&lt;br /&gt;
		local k = next(toWalk) -- This always gets the &amp;quot;first&amp;quot; key&lt;br /&gt;
		if k == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
			return retval&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		toWalk[k] = nil&lt;br /&gt;
		retval[k] = true&lt;br /&gt;
		for _,v in ipairs(graph[k]) do&lt;br /&gt;
			if not retval[v] then&lt;br /&gt;
				toWalk[v] = true&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Protection class&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local Protection = {}&lt;br /&gt;
Protection.__index = Protection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protection.supportedActions = {&lt;br /&gt;
	edit = true,&lt;br /&gt;
	move = true,&lt;br /&gt;
	autoreview = true,&lt;br /&gt;
	upload = true&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protection.bannerConfigFields = {&lt;br /&gt;
	&#039;text&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&#039;explanation&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&#039;tooltip&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&#039;alt&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&#039;link&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	&#039;image&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Protection.new(args, cfg, title)&lt;br /&gt;
	local obj = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	obj._cfg = cfg&lt;br /&gt;
	obj.title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set action&lt;br /&gt;
	if not args.action then&lt;br /&gt;
		obj.action = &#039;edit&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif Protection.supportedActions[args.action] then&lt;br /&gt;
		obj.action = args.action&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		error(string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
			&#039;invalid action: %s&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			tostring(args.action)&lt;br /&gt;
		), 3)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set level&lt;br /&gt;
	obj.level = args.demolevel or effectiveProtectionLevel(obj.action, obj.title)&lt;br /&gt;
	if not obj.level or (obj.action == &#039;move&#039; and obj.level == &#039;autoconfirmed&#039;) then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Users need to be autoconfirmed to move pages anyway, so treat&lt;br /&gt;
		-- semi-move-protected pages as unprotected.&lt;br /&gt;
		obj.level = &#039;*&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set expiry&lt;br /&gt;
	local effectiveExpiry = effectiveProtectionExpiry(obj.action, obj.title)&lt;br /&gt;
	if effectiveExpiry == &#039;infinity&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		obj.expiry = &#039;indef&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif effectiveExpiry ~= &#039;unknown&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		obj.expiry = validateDate(effectiveExpiry, &#039;expiry date&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set reason&lt;br /&gt;
	if args[1] then&lt;br /&gt;
		obj.reason = mw.ustring.lower(args[1])&lt;br /&gt;
		if obj.reason:find(&#039;|&#039;) then&lt;br /&gt;
			error(&#039;reasons cannot contain the pipe character (&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;)&#039;, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set protection date&lt;br /&gt;
	if args.date then&lt;br /&gt;
		obj.protectionDate = validateDate(args.date, &#039;protection date&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set banner config&lt;br /&gt;
	do&lt;br /&gt;
		obj.bannerConfig = {}&lt;br /&gt;
		local configTables = {}&lt;br /&gt;
		if cfg.banners[obj.action] then&lt;br /&gt;
			configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.banners[obj.action][obj.reason]&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		if cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action] then&lt;br /&gt;
			configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action][obj.level]&lt;br /&gt;
			configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action].default&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.masterBanner&lt;br /&gt;
		for i, field in ipairs(Protection.bannerConfigFields) do&lt;br /&gt;
			for j, t in ipairs(configTables) do&lt;br /&gt;
				if t[field] then&lt;br /&gt;
					obj.bannerConfig[field] = t[field]&lt;br /&gt;
					break&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return setmetatable(obj, Protection)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Protection:isProtected()&lt;br /&gt;
	return self.level ~= &#039;*&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Protection:isTemporary()&lt;br /&gt;
	return type(self.expiry) == &#039;number&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Protection:makeProtectionCategory()&lt;br /&gt;
	local cfg = self._cfg&lt;br /&gt;
	local title = self.title&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Exit if the page is not protected.&lt;br /&gt;
	if not self:isProtected() then&lt;br /&gt;
		return &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Get the expiry key fragment.&lt;br /&gt;
	local expiryFragment&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.expiry == &#039;indef&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		expiryFragment = self.expiry&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif type(self.expiry) == &#039;number&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		expiryFragment = &#039;temp&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Get the namespace key fragment.&lt;br /&gt;
	local namespaceFragment = cfg.categoryNamespaceKeys[title.namespace]&lt;br /&gt;
	if not namespaceFragment and title.namespace % 2 == 1 then&lt;br /&gt;
			namespaceFragment = &#039;talk&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
	-- Define the order that key fragments are tested in. This is done with an&lt;br /&gt;
	-- array of tables containing the value to be tested, along with its&lt;br /&gt;
	-- position in the cfg.protectionCategories table.&lt;br /&gt;
	local order = {&lt;br /&gt;
		{val = expiryFragment,    keypos = 1},&lt;br /&gt;
		{val = namespaceFragment, keypos = 2},&lt;br /&gt;
		{val = self.reason,       keypos = 3},&lt;br /&gt;
		{val = self.level,        keypos = 4},&lt;br /&gt;
		{val = self.action,       keypos = 5}&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- The old protection templates used an ad-hoc protection category system,&lt;br /&gt;
	-- with some templates prioritising namespaces in their categories, and&lt;br /&gt;
	-- others prioritising the protection reason. To emulate this in this module&lt;br /&gt;
	-- we use the config table cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority to set the&lt;br /&gt;
	-- reasons for which namespaces have priority over protection reason.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- If we are dealing with one of those reasons, move the namespace table to&lt;br /&gt;
	-- the end of the order table, i.e. give it highest priority. If not, the&lt;br /&gt;
	-- reason should have highest priority, so move that to the end of the table&lt;br /&gt;
	-- instead.&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	table.insert(order, table.remove(order, self.reason and cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority[self.reason] and 2 or 3))&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Define the attempt order. Inactive subtables (subtables with nil &amp;quot;value&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- fields) are moved to the end, where they will later be given the key&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &amp;quot;all&amp;quot;. This is to cut down on the number of table lookups in&lt;br /&gt;
	-- cfg.protectionCategories, which grows exponentially with the number of&lt;br /&gt;
	-- non-nil keys. We keep track of the number of active subtables with the&lt;br /&gt;
	-- noActive parameter.&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	local noActive, attemptOrder&lt;br /&gt;
	do&lt;br /&gt;
		local active, inactive = {}, {}&lt;br /&gt;
		for i, t in ipairs(order) do&lt;br /&gt;
			if t.val then&lt;br /&gt;
				active[#active + 1] = t&lt;br /&gt;
			else&lt;br /&gt;
				inactive[#inactive + 1] = t&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		noActive = #active&lt;br /&gt;
		attemptOrder = active&lt;br /&gt;
		for i, t in ipairs(inactive) do&lt;br /&gt;
			attemptOrder[#attemptOrder + 1] = t&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Check increasingly generic key combinations until we find a match. If a&lt;br /&gt;
	-- specific category exists for the combination of key fragments we are&lt;br /&gt;
	-- given, that match will be found first. If not, we keep trying different&lt;br /&gt;
	-- key fragment combinations until we match using the key&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &amp;quot;all-all-all-all-all&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
	--&lt;br /&gt;
	-- To generate the keys, we index the key subtables using a binary matrix&lt;br /&gt;
	-- with indexes i and j. j is only calculated up to the number of active&lt;br /&gt;
	-- subtables. For example, if there were three active subtables, the matrix&lt;br /&gt;
	-- would look like this, with 0 corresponding to the key fragment &amp;quot;all&amp;quot;, and&lt;br /&gt;
	-- 1 corresponding to other key fragments.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &lt;br /&gt;
	--   j 1  2  3&lt;br /&gt;
	-- i  &lt;br /&gt;
	-- 1   1  1  1&lt;br /&gt;
	-- 2   0  1  1&lt;br /&gt;
	-- 3   1  0  1&lt;br /&gt;
	-- 4   0  0  1&lt;br /&gt;
	-- 5   1  1  0&lt;br /&gt;
	-- 6   0  1  0&lt;br /&gt;
	-- 7   1  0  0&lt;br /&gt;
	-- 8   0  0  0&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &lt;br /&gt;
	-- Values of j higher than the number of active subtables are set&lt;br /&gt;
	-- to the string &amp;quot;all&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
	--&lt;br /&gt;
	-- A key for cfg.protectionCategories is constructed for each value of i.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- The position of the value in the key is determined by the keypos field in&lt;br /&gt;
	-- each subtable.&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	local cats = cfg.protectionCategories&lt;br /&gt;
	for i = 1, 2^noActive do&lt;br /&gt;
		local key = {}&lt;br /&gt;
		for j, t in ipairs(attemptOrder) do&lt;br /&gt;
			if j &amp;gt; noActive then&lt;br /&gt;
				key[t.keypos] = &#039;all&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			else&lt;br /&gt;
				local quotient = i / 2 ^ (j - 1)&lt;br /&gt;
				quotient = math.ceil(quotient)&lt;br /&gt;
				if quotient % 2 == 1 then&lt;br /&gt;
					key[t.keypos] = t.val&lt;br /&gt;
				else&lt;br /&gt;
					key[t.keypos] = &#039;all&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		key = table.concat(key, &#039;|&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		local attempt = cats[key]&lt;br /&gt;
		if attempt then&lt;br /&gt;
			return makeCategoryLink(attempt, title.text)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Protection:isIncorrect()&lt;br /&gt;
	local expiry = self.expiry&lt;br /&gt;
	return not self:isProtected()&lt;br /&gt;
		or type(expiry) == &#039;number&#039; and expiry &amp;lt; os.time()&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Protection:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate()&lt;br /&gt;
	local action, namespace = self.action, self.title.namespace&lt;br /&gt;
	return self.level == &#039;templateeditor&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		and (&lt;br /&gt;
			(action ~= &#039;edit&#039; and action ~= &#039;move&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			or (namespace ~= 10 and namespace ~= 828)&lt;br /&gt;
		)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Protection:makeCategoryLinks()&lt;br /&gt;
	local msg = self._cfg.msg&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret = { self:makeProtectionCategory() }&lt;br /&gt;
	if self:isIncorrect() then&lt;br /&gt;
		ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink(&lt;br /&gt;
			msg[&#039;tracking-category-incorrect&#039;],&lt;br /&gt;
			self.title.text&lt;br /&gt;
		)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if self:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() then&lt;br /&gt;
		ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink(&lt;br /&gt;
			msg[&#039;tracking-category-template&#039;],&lt;br /&gt;
			self.title.text&lt;br /&gt;
		)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return table.concat(ret)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Blurb class&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local Blurb = {}&lt;br /&gt;
Blurb.__index = Blurb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blurb.bannerTextFields = {&lt;br /&gt;
	text = true,&lt;br /&gt;
	explanation = true,&lt;br /&gt;
	tooltip = true,&lt;br /&gt;
	alt = true,&lt;br /&gt;
	link = true&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg)&lt;br /&gt;
	return setmetatable({&lt;br /&gt;
		_cfg = cfg,&lt;br /&gt;
		_protectionObj = protectionObj,&lt;br /&gt;
		_args = args&lt;br /&gt;
	}, Blurb)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Private methods --&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_formatDate(num)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Formats a Unix timestamp into dd Month, YYYY format.&lt;br /&gt;
	lang = lang or mw.language.getContentLanguage()&lt;br /&gt;
	local success, date = pcall(&lt;br /&gt;
		lang.formatDate,&lt;br /&gt;
		lang,&lt;br /&gt;
		self._cfg.msg[&#039;expiry-date-format&#039;] or &#039;j F Y&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		&#039;@&#039; .. tostring(num)&lt;br /&gt;
	)&lt;br /&gt;
	if success then&lt;br /&gt;
		return date&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_getExpandedMessage(msgKey)&lt;br /&gt;
	return self:_substituteParameters(self._cfg.msg[msgKey])&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_substituteParameters(msg)&lt;br /&gt;
	if not self._params then&lt;br /&gt;
		local parameterFuncs = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.CURRENTVERSION     = self._makeCurrentVersionParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.EDITREQUEST        = self._makeEditRequestParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.EXPIRY             = self._makeExpiryParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.EXPLANATIONBLURB   = self._makeExplanationBlurbParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.IMAGELINK          = self._makeImageLinkParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.INTROBLURB         = self._makeIntroBlurbParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.INTROFRAGMENT      = self._makeIntroFragmentParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.PAGETYPE           = self._makePagetypeParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONBLURB    = self._makeProtectionBlurbParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONDATE     = self._makeProtectionDateParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLEVEL    = self._makeProtectionLevelParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLOG      = self._makeProtectionLogParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.TALKPAGE           = self._makeTalkPageParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPBLURB       = self._makeTooltipBlurbParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPFRAGMENT    = self._makeTooltipFragmentParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		parameterFuncs.VANDAL             = self._makeVandalTemplateParameter&lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
		self._params = setmetatable({}, {&lt;br /&gt;
			__index = function (t, k)&lt;br /&gt;
				local param&lt;br /&gt;
				if parameterFuncs[k] then&lt;br /&gt;
					param = parameterFuncs[k](self)&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
				param = param or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				t[k] = param&lt;br /&gt;
				return param&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		})&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	msg = msg:gsub(&#039;${(%u+)}&#039;, self._params)&lt;br /&gt;
	return msg&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makeCurrentVersionParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	-- A link to the page history or the move log, depending on the kind of&lt;br /&gt;
	-- protection.&lt;br /&gt;
	local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText&lt;br /&gt;
	if self._protectionObj.action == &#039;move&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- We need the move log link.&lt;br /&gt;
		return makeFullUrl(&lt;br /&gt;
			&#039;Special:Log&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			{type = &#039;move&#039;, page = pagename},&lt;br /&gt;
			self:_getExpandedMessage(&#039;current-version-move-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		-- We need the history link.&lt;br /&gt;
		return makeFullUrl(&lt;br /&gt;
			pagename,&lt;br /&gt;
			{action = &#039;history&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
			self:_getExpandedMessage(&#039;current-version-edit-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makeEditRequestParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	local mEditRequest = require(&#039;Module:Submit an edit request&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	local action = self._protectionObj.action&lt;br /&gt;
	local level = self._protectionObj.level&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Get the edit request type.&lt;br /&gt;
	local requestType&lt;br /&gt;
	if action == &#039;edit&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		if level == &#039;autoconfirmed&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			requestType = &#039;semi&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif level == &#039;extendedconfirmed&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			requestType = &#039;extended&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif level == &#039;templateeditor&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			requestType = &#039;template&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	requestType = requestType or &#039;full&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Get the display value.&lt;br /&gt;
	local display = self:_getExpandedMessage(&#039;edit-request-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return mEditRequest._link{type = requestType, display = display}&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makeExpiryParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	local expiry = self._protectionObj.expiry&lt;br /&gt;
	if type(expiry) == &#039;number&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return self:_formatDate(expiry)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return expiry&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makeExplanationBlurbParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Cover special cases first.&lt;br /&gt;
	if self._protectionObj.title.namespace == 8 then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- MediaWiki namespace&lt;br /&gt;
		return self:_getExpandedMessage(&#039;explanation-blurb-nounprotect&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Get explanation blurb table keys&lt;br /&gt;
	local action = self._protectionObj.action&lt;br /&gt;
	local level = self._protectionObj.level&lt;br /&gt;
	local talkKey = self._protectionObj.title.isTalkPage and &#039;talk&#039; or &#039;subject&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Find the message in the explanation blurb table and substitute any&lt;br /&gt;
	-- parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
	local explanations = self._cfg.explanationBlurbs&lt;br /&gt;
	local msg&lt;br /&gt;
	if explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level][talkKey] then&lt;br /&gt;
		msg = explanations[action][level][talkKey]&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level].default then&lt;br /&gt;
		msg = explanations[action][level].default&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default[talkKey] then&lt;br /&gt;
		msg = explanations[action].default[talkKey]&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default.default then&lt;br /&gt;
		msg = explanations[action].default.default&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		error(string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
			&#039;could not find explanation blurb for action &amp;quot;%s&amp;quot;, level &amp;quot;%s&amp;quot; and talk key &amp;quot;%s&amp;quot;&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			action,&lt;br /&gt;
			level,&lt;br /&gt;
			talkKey&lt;br /&gt;
		), 8)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return self:_substituteParameters(msg)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makeImageLinkParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	local imageLinks = self._cfg.imageLinks&lt;br /&gt;
	local action = self._protectionObj.action&lt;br /&gt;
	local level = self._protectionObj.level&lt;br /&gt;
	local msg&lt;br /&gt;
	if imageLinks[action][level] then&lt;br /&gt;
		msg = imageLinks[action][level]&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif imageLinks[action].default then&lt;br /&gt;
		msg = imageLinks[action].default&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		msg = imageLinks.edit.default&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return self:_substituteParameters(msg)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makeIntroBlurbParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then&lt;br /&gt;
		return self:_getExpandedMessage(&#039;intro-blurb-expiry&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return self:_getExpandedMessage(&#039;intro-blurb-noexpiry&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makeIntroFragmentParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then&lt;br /&gt;
		return self:_getExpandedMessage(&#039;intro-fragment-expiry&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return self:_getExpandedMessage(&#039;intro-fragment-noexpiry&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makePagetypeParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	local pagetypes = self._cfg.pagetypes&lt;br /&gt;
	return pagetypes[self._protectionObj.title.namespace]&lt;br /&gt;
		or pagetypes.default&lt;br /&gt;
		or error(&#039;no default pagetype defined&#039;, 8)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makeProtectionBlurbParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	local protectionBlurbs = self._cfg.protectionBlurbs&lt;br /&gt;
	local action = self._protectionObj.action&lt;br /&gt;
	local level = self._protectionObj.level&lt;br /&gt;
	local msg&lt;br /&gt;
	if protectionBlurbs[action][level] then&lt;br /&gt;
		msg = protectionBlurbs[action][level]&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif protectionBlurbs[action].default then&lt;br /&gt;
		msg = protectionBlurbs[action].default&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif protectionBlurbs.edit.default then&lt;br /&gt;
		msg = protectionBlurbs.edit.default&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		error(&#039;no protection blurb defined for protectionBlurbs.edit.default&#039;, 8)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return self:_substituteParameters(msg)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makeProtectionDateParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	local protectionDate = self._protectionObj.protectionDate&lt;br /&gt;
	if type(protectionDate) == &#039;number&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return self:_formatDate(protectionDate)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return protectionDate&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makeProtectionLevelParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	local protectionLevels = self._cfg.protectionLevels&lt;br /&gt;
	local action = self._protectionObj.action&lt;br /&gt;
	local level = self._protectionObj.level&lt;br /&gt;
	local msg&lt;br /&gt;
	if protectionLevels[action][level] then&lt;br /&gt;
		msg = protectionLevels[action][level]&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif protectionLevels[action].default then&lt;br /&gt;
		msg = protectionLevels[action].default&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif protectionLevels.edit.default then&lt;br /&gt;
		msg = protectionLevels.edit.default&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		error(&#039;no protection level defined for protectionLevels.edit.default&#039;, 8)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return self:_substituteParameters(msg)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makeProtectionLogParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText&lt;br /&gt;
	if self._protectionObj.action == &#039;autoreview&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- We need the pending changes log.&lt;br /&gt;
		return makeFullUrl(&lt;br /&gt;
			&#039;Special:Log&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			{type = &#039;stable&#039;, page = pagename},&lt;br /&gt;
			self:_getExpandedMessage(&#039;pc-log-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		-- We need the protection log.&lt;br /&gt;
		return makeFullUrl(&lt;br /&gt;
			&#039;Special:Log&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			{type = &#039;protect&#039;, page = pagename},&lt;br /&gt;
			self:_getExpandedMessage(&#039;protection-log-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makeTalkPageParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	return string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
		&#039;[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		mw.site.namespaces[self._protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name,&lt;br /&gt;
		self._protectionObj.title.text,&lt;br /&gt;
		self._args.section or &#039;top&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		self:_getExpandedMessage(&#039;talk-page-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makeTooltipBlurbParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then&lt;br /&gt;
		return self:_getExpandedMessage(&#039;tooltip-blurb-expiry&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return self:_getExpandedMessage(&#039;tooltip-blurb-noexpiry&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makeTooltipFragmentParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then&lt;br /&gt;
		return self:_getExpandedMessage(&#039;tooltip-fragment-expiry&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return self:_getExpandedMessage(&#039;tooltip-fragment-noexpiry&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:_makeVandalTemplateParameter()&lt;br /&gt;
	return require(&#039;Module:Vandal-m&#039;)._main{&lt;br /&gt;
		self._args.user or self._protectionObj.title.baseText&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Public methods --&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Blurb:makeBannerText(key)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Validate input.&lt;br /&gt;
	if not key or not Blurb.bannerTextFields[key] then&lt;br /&gt;
		error(string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
			&#039;&amp;quot;%s&amp;quot; is not a valid banner config field&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			tostring(key)&lt;br /&gt;
		), 2)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Generate the text.&lt;br /&gt;
	local msg = self._protectionObj.bannerConfig[key]&lt;br /&gt;
	if type(msg) == &#039;string&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return self:_substituteParameters(msg)&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif type(msg) == &#039;function&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		msg = msg(self._protectionObj, self._args)&lt;br /&gt;
		if type(msg) ~= &#039;string&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			error(string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
				&#039;bad output from banner config function with key &amp;quot;%s&amp;quot;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039; (expected string, got %s)&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				tostring(key),&lt;br /&gt;
				type(msg)&lt;br /&gt;
			), 4)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		return self:_substituteParameters(msg)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- BannerTemplate class&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local BannerTemplate = {}&lt;br /&gt;
BannerTemplate.__index = BannerTemplate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg)&lt;br /&gt;
	local obj = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	obj._cfg = cfg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set the image filename.&lt;br /&gt;
	local imageFilename = protectionObj.bannerConfig.image&lt;br /&gt;
	if imageFilename then&lt;br /&gt;
		obj._imageFilename = imageFilename&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		-- If an image filename isn&#039;t specified explicitly in the banner config,&lt;br /&gt;
		-- generate it from the protection status and the namespace.&lt;br /&gt;
		local action = protectionObj.action&lt;br /&gt;
		local level = protectionObj.level&lt;br /&gt;
		local namespace = protectionObj.title.namespace&lt;br /&gt;
		local reason = protectionObj.reason&lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Deal with special cases first.&lt;br /&gt;
		if (&lt;br /&gt;
			namespace == 10&lt;br /&gt;
			or namespace == 828&lt;br /&gt;
			or reason and obj._cfg.indefImageReasons[reason]&lt;br /&gt;
			)&lt;br /&gt;
			and action == &#039;edit&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			and level == &#039;sysop&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			and not protectionObj:isTemporary()&lt;br /&gt;
		then&lt;br /&gt;
			-- Fully protected modules and templates get the special red &amp;quot;indef&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
			-- padlock.&lt;br /&gt;
			obj._imageFilename = obj._cfg.msg[&#039;image-filename-indef&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			-- Deal with regular protection types.&lt;br /&gt;
			local images = obj._cfg.images&lt;br /&gt;
			if images[action] then&lt;br /&gt;
				if images[action][level] then&lt;br /&gt;
					obj._imageFilename = images[action][level]&lt;br /&gt;
				elseif images[action].default then&lt;br /&gt;
					obj._imageFilename = images[action].default&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return setmetatable(obj, BannerTemplate)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function BannerTemplate:renderImage()&lt;br /&gt;
	local filename = self._imageFilename&lt;br /&gt;
		or self._cfg.msg[&#039;image-filename-default&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
		or &#039;Transparent.gif&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	return makeFileLink{&lt;br /&gt;
		file = filename,&lt;br /&gt;
		size = (self.imageWidth or 20) .. &#039;px&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		alt = self._imageAlt,&lt;br /&gt;
		link = self._imageLink,&lt;br /&gt;
		caption = self.imageCaption&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Banner class&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local Banner = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate)&lt;br /&gt;
Banner.__index = Banner&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Banner.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg)&lt;br /&gt;
	local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn&#039;t need the blurb.&lt;br /&gt;
	obj.imageWidth = 40&lt;br /&gt;
	obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText(&#039;alt&#039;) -- Large banners use the alt text for the tooltip.&lt;br /&gt;
	obj._reasonText = blurbObj:makeBannerText(&#039;text&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	obj._explanationText = blurbObj:makeBannerText(&#039;explanation&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	obj._page = protectionObj.title.prefixedText -- Only makes a difference in testing.&lt;br /&gt;
	return setmetatable(obj, Banner)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Banner:__tostring()&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Renders the banner.&lt;br /&gt;
	makeMessageBox = makeMessageBox or require(&#039;Module:Message box&#039;).main&lt;br /&gt;
	local reasonText = self._reasonText or error(&#039;no reason text set&#039;, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
	local explanationText = self._explanationText&lt;br /&gt;
	local mbargs = {&lt;br /&gt;
		page = self._page,&lt;br /&gt;
		type = &#039;protection&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		image = self:renderImage(),&lt;br /&gt;
		text = string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
			&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;%s&#039;&#039;&#039;%s&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
			reasonText,&lt;br /&gt;
			explanationText and &#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&#039; .. explanationText or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		)&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
	return makeMessageBox(&#039;mbox&#039;, mbargs)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Padlock class&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local Padlock = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate)&lt;br /&gt;
Padlock.__index = Padlock&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Padlock.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg)&lt;br /&gt;
	local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn&#039;t need the blurb.&lt;br /&gt;
	obj.imageWidth = 20&lt;br /&gt;
	obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText(&#039;tooltip&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	obj._imageAlt = blurbObj:makeBannerText(&#039;alt&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	obj._imageLink = blurbObj:makeBannerText(&#039;link&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	obj._indicatorName = cfg.padlockIndicatorNames[protectionObj.action]&lt;br /&gt;
		or cfg.padlockIndicatorNames.default&lt;br /&gt;
		or &#039;pp-default&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	return setmetatable(obj, Padlock)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function Padlock:__tostring()&lt;br /&gt;
	local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame()&lt;br /&gt;
	-- The nowiki tag helps prevent whitespace at the top of articles.&lt;br /&gt;
	return frame:extensionTag{name = &#039;nowiki&#039;} .. frame:extensionTag{&lt;br /&gt;
		name = &#039;indicator&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		args = {name = self._indicatorName},&lt;br /&gt;
		content = self:renderImage()&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Exports&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local p = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p._exportClasses()&lt;br /&gt;
	-- This is used for testing purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
	return {&lt;br /&gt;
		Protection = Protection,&lt;br /&gt;
		Blurb = Blurb,&lt;br /&gt;
		BannerTemplate = BannerTemplate,&lt;br /&gt;
		Banner = Banner,&lt;br /&gt;
		Padlock = Padlock,&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p._main(args, cfg, title)&lt;br /&gt;
	args = args or {}&lt;br /&gt;
	cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local protectionObj = Protection.new(args, cfg, title)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- If a page&#039;s edit protection is equally or more restrictive than its&lt;br /&gt;
	-- protection from some other action, then don&#039;t bother displaying anything&lt;br /&gt;
	-- for the other action (except categories).&lt;br /&gt;
	if protectionObj.action == &#039;edit&#039; or&lt;br /&gt;
		args.demolevel or&lt;br /&gt;
		not getReachableNodes(&lt;br /&gt;
			cfg.hierarchy,&lt;br /&gt;
			protectionObj.level&lt;br /&gt;
		)[effectiveProtectionLevel(&#039;edit&#039;, protectionObj.title)]&lt;br /&gt;
	then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Initialise the blurb object&lt;br /&gt;
		local blurbObj = Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg)&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Render the banner&lt;br /&gt;
		if protectionObj:isProtected() then&lt;br /&gt;
			ret[#ret + 1] = tostring(&lt;br /&gt;
				(yesno(args.small) and Padlock or Banner)&lt;br /&gt;
				.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg)&lt;br /&gt;
			)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Render the categories&lt;br /&gt;
	if yesno(args.category) ~= false then&lt;br /&gt;
		ret[#ret + 1] = protectionObj:makeCategoryLinks()&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	return table.concat(ret)	&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.main(frame, cfg)&lt;br /&gt;
	cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Find default args, if any.&lt;br /&gt;
	local parent = frame.getParent and frame:getParent()&lt;br /&gt;
	local defaultArgs = parent and cfg.wrappers[parent:getTitle():gsub(&#039;/sandbox$&#039;, &#039;&#039;)]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Find user args, and use the parent frame if we are being called from a&lt;br /&gt;
	-- wrapper template.&lt;br /&gt;
	getArgs = getArgs or require(&#039;Module:Arguments&#039;).getArgs&lt;br /&gt;
	local userArgs = getArgs(frame, {&lt;br /&gt;
		parentOnly = defaultArgs,&lt;br /&gt;
		frameOnly = not defaultArgs&lt;br /&gt;
	})&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Build the args table. User-specified args overwrite default args.&lt;br /&gt;
	local args = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for k, v in pairs(defaultArgs or {}) do&lt;br /&gt;
		args[k] = v&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	for k, v in pairs(userArgs) do&lt;br /&gt;
		args[k] = v&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return p._main(args, cfg)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return p&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:High-use&amp;diff=344</id>
		<title>Module:High-use</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:High-use&amp;diff=344"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;local p = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local _fetch = require(&#039;Module:Transclusion_count&#039;).fetch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.num(frame, count)&lt;br /&gt;
	if count == nil then count = _fetch(frame) end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Build output string&lt;br /&gt;
	local return_value = &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
	if count == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
		if frame.args[1] == &amp;quot;risk&amp;quot; then&lt;br /&gt;
			return_value = &amp;quot;a very large number of&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			return_value = &amp;quot;many&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Use 2 sigfigs for smaller numbers and 3 for larger ones&lt;br /&gt;
		local sigfig = 2&lt;br /&gt;
		if count &amp;gt;= 100000 then&lt;br /&gt;
			sigfig = 3&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Prepare to round to appropriate number of sigfigs&lt;br /&gt;
		local f = math.floor(math.log10(count)) - sigfig + 1&lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Round and insert &amp;quot;apprxomimately&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;+&amp;quot; when appropriate&lt;br /&gt;
		if (frame.args[2] == &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot;) or (mw.ustring.sub(frame.args[1],-1) == &amp;quot;+&amp;quot;) then&lt;br /&gt;
			-- Round down&lt;br /&gt;
			return_value = string.format(&amp;quot;%s+&amp;quot;, mw.getContentLanguage():formatNum(math.floor( (count / 10^(f)) ) * (10^(f))) )&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			-- Round to nearest&lt;br /&gt;
			return_value = string.format(&amp;quot;approximately&amp;amp;#x20;%s&amp;quot;, mw.getContentLanguage():formatNum(math.floor( (count / 10^(f)) + 0.5) * (10^(f))) )&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Insert percent of pages&lt;br /&gt;
		if frame.args[&amp;quot;all-pages&amp;quot;] and frame.args[&amp;quot;all-pages&amp;quot;] ~= &amp;quot;&amp;quot; then&lt;br /&gt;
			local percent = math.floor( ( (count/frame:callParserFunction(&#039;NUMBEROFPAGES&#039;, &#039;R&#039;) ) * 100) + 0.5)&lt;br /&gt;
			return_value = string.format(&amp;quot;%s&amp;amp;#x20;pages, which is ≈%s%% of all&amp;quot;, return_value, percent)&lt;br /&gt;
		end	&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	return return_value&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.risk(frame)&lt;br /&gt;
	local return_value = &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
	if frame.args[1] == &amp;quot;risk&amp;quot; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return_value = &amp;quot;risk&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		local count = _fetch(frame)&lt;br /&gt;
		if count and count &amp;gt;= 100000 then return_value = &amp;quot;risk&amp;quot; end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return return_value&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.text(frame, count)&lt;br /&gt;
	if count == nil then count = _fetch(frame) end&lt;br /&gt;
	local return_value = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()&lt;br /&gt;
	if title.subpageText == &amp;quot;doc&amp;quot; or title.subpageText == &amp;quot;sandbox&amp;quot; then&lt;br /&gt;
		title = title.basePageTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	local templatecount = string.format(&amp;quot;https://tools.wmflabs.org/templatecount/index.php?lang=en&amp;amp;namespace=%s&amp;amp;name=%s&amp;quot;,mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace,mw.uri.encode(title.text))&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	local used_on_text = string.format(&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;This %s is used on [%s %s pages]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
			(mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 828 and &amp;quot;Lua module&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;template&amp;quot;),&lt;br /&gt;
			templatecount,&lt;br /&gt;
			p.num(frame, count)&lt;br /&gt;
	)&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	local sandbox_text =  string.format(&amp;quot;%s&#039;s [[%s/sandbox|/sandbox]] or [[%s/testcases|/testcases]] subpages%s &amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
			(mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 828 and &amp;quot;module&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;template&amp;quot;),&lt;br /&gt;
			title.fullText, title.fullText,&lt;br /&gt;
			(mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 828 and &amp;quot;.&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;, or in your own [[Wikipedia:Subpages#How to create user subpages|user subpage]].&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
	)&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	if (frame.args[1] == &amp;quot;risk&amp;quot; or (count and count &amp;gt;= 100000) ) then&lt;br /&gt;
		local info = &amp;quot;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
		if frame.args[&amp;quot;info&amp;quot;] and frame.args[&amp;quot;info&amp;quot;] ~= &amp;quot;&amp;quot; then&lt;br /&gt;
			info = &amp;quot;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;quot; .. frame.args[&amp;quot;info&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		sandbox_text = string.format(&amp;quot;.%s&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; To avoid large-scale disruption and unnecessary server load, any changes to it should first be tested in the %sThe tested changes can then be added to this page in a single edit.&amp;amp;#x20;&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
				info, sandbox_text&lt;br /&gt;
		)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		sandbox_text = string.format(&amp;quot;, so changes to it will be widely noticed. Please test any changes in the %s&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
				sandbox_text&lt;br /&gt;
		)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	local discussion_text = &amp;quot;Please consider discussing changes &amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
	if frame.args[&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;] and frame.args[&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;] ~= &amp;quot;&amp;quot; and frame.args[&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;] ~= &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; then&lt;br /&gt;
		discussion_text = string.format(&amp;quot;%sat [[%s]]&amp;quot;, discussion_text, frame.args[&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;])&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		discussion_text = string.format(&amp;quot;%son the [[%s|talk page]]&amp;quot;, discussion_text, title.talkPageTitle.fullText )&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	return table.concat({used_on_text, sandbox_text, discussion_text, &amp;quot; before implementing them.&amp;quot;})&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.main(frame)&lt;br /&gt;
	local count = _fetch(frame)&lt;br /&gt;
	local return_value = &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
	local image = &amp;quot;[[File:Ambox warning yellow.svg|40px|alt=Warning|link=]]&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
	local type_param = &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
	if (frame.args[1] == &amp;quot;risk&amp;quot; or (count and count &amp;gt;= 100000) ) then&lt;br /&gt;
		image = &amp;quot;[[File:Ambox warning orange.svg|40px|alt=Warning|link=]]&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
		type_param = &amp;quot;content&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	if frame.args[&amp;quot;form&amp;quot;] == &amp;quot;editnotice&amp;quot; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return_value = frame:expandTemplate{&lt;br /&gt;
				title = &#039;editnotice&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				args = {&lt;br /&gt;
						[&amp;quot;image&amp;quot;] = image,&lt;br /&gt;
						[&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;] = p.text(frame, count),&lt;br /&gt;
						[&amp;quot;expiry&amp;quot;] = (frame.args[&amp;quot;expiry&amp;quot;] or &amp;quot;&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
				}&lt;br /&gt;
		}&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return_value = frame:expandTemplate{&lt;br /&gt;
				title = &#039;ombox&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				args = {&lt;br /&gt;
						[&amp;quot;type&amp;quot;] = type_param,&lt;br /&gt;
						[&amp;quot;image&amp;quot;] = image,&lt;br /&gt;
						[&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;] = p.text(frame, count),&lt;br /&gt;
						[&amp;quot;expiry&amp;quot;] = (frame.args[&amp;quot;expiry&amp;quot;] or &amp;quot;&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
				}&lt;br /&gt;
		}&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	return return_value&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return p&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:File_link&amp;diff=342</id>
		<title>Module:File link</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:File_link&amp;diff=342"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;-- This module provides a library for formatting file wikilinks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local yesno = require(&#039;Module:Yesno&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
local checkType = require(&#039;libraryUtil&#039;).checkType&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local p = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p._main(args)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;_main&#039;, 1, args, &#039;table&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- This is basically libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg, but we are rolling our&lt;br /&gt;
	-- own function to get the right error level.&lt;br /&gt;
	local function checkArg(key, val, level)&lt;br /&gt;
		if type(val) ~= &#039;string&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			error(string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
				&amp;quot;type error in &#039;%s&#039; parameter of &#039;_main&#039; (expected string, got %s)&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
				key, type(val)&lt;br /&gt;
			), level)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Adds a positional parameter to the buffer.&lt;br /&gt;
	local function addPositional(key)&lt;br /&gt;
		local val = args[key]&lt;br /&gt;
		if not val then&lt;br /&gt;
			return nil&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		checkArg(key, val, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
		ret[#ret + 1] = val&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Adds a named parameter to the buffer. We assume that the parameter name&lt;br /&gt;
	-- is the same as the argument key.&lt;br /&gt;
	local function addNamed(key)&lt;br /&gt;
		local val = args[key]&lt;br /&gt;
		if not val then&lt;br /&gt;
			return nil&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		checkArg(key, val, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
		ret[#ret + 1] = key .. &#039;=&#039; .. val&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Filename&lt;br /&gt;
	checkArg(&#039;file&#039;, args.file, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
	ret[#ret + 1] = &#039;File:&#039; .. args.file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Format&lt;br /&gt;
	if args.format then&lt;br /&gt;
		checkArg(&#039;format&#039;, args.format)&lt;br /&gt;
		if args.formatfile then&lt;br /&gt;
			checkArg(&#039;formatfile&#039;, args.formatfile)&lt;br /&gt;
			ret[#ret + 1] = args.format .. &#039;=&#039; .. args.formatfile&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			ret[#ret + 1] = args.format&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Border&lt;br /&gt;
	if yesno(args.border) then&lt;br /&gt;
		ret[#ret + 1] = &#039;border&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	addPositional(&#039;location&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	addPositional(&#039;alignment&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	addPositional(&#039;size&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	addNamed(&#039;upright&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	addNamed(&#039;link&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	addNamed(&#039;alt&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	addNamed(&#039;page&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	addNamed(&#039;class&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	addNamed(&#039;lang&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	addNamed(&#039;start&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	addNamed(&#039;end&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	addNamed(&#039;thumbtime&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	addPositional(&#039;caption&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return string.format(&#039;[[%s]]&#039;, table.concat(ret, &#039;|&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.main(frame)&lt;br /&gt;
	local origArgs = require(&#039;Module:Arguments&#039;).getArgs(frame, {&lt;br /&gt;
		wrappers = &#039;Template:File link&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	})&lt;br /&gt;
	if not origArgs.file then&lt;br /&gt;
		error(&amp;quot;&#039;file&#039; parameter missing from [[Template:File link]]&amp;quot;, 0)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Copy the arguments that were passed to a new table to avoid looking up&lt;br /&gt;
	-- every possible parameter in the frame object.&lt;br /&gt;
	local args = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Make _BLANK a special argument to add a blank parameter. For use in&lt;br /&gt;
		-- conditional templates etc. it is useful for blank arguments to be&lt;br /&gt;
		-- ignored, but we still need a way to specify them so that we can do&lt;br /&gt;
		-- things like [[File:Example.png|link=]].&lt;br /&gt;
		if v == &#039;_BLANK&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			v = &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		args[k] = v&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return p._main(args)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return p&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Effective_protection_level&amp;diff=340</id>
		<title>Module:Effective protection level</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Effective_protection_level&amp;diff=340"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;local p = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Returns the permission required to perform a given action on a given title.&lt;br /&gt;
-- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used.&lt;br /&gt;
function p._main(action, pagename)&lt;br /&gt;
	local title&lt;br /&gt;
	if type(pagename) == &#039;table&#039; and pagename.prefixedText then&lt;br /&gt;
		title = pagename&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif pagename then&lt;br /&gt;
		title = mw.title.new(pagename)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	pagename = title.prefixedText&lt;br /&gt;
	if action == &#039;autoreview&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		local level = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title)&lt;br /&gt;
		level = level and level.autoreview&lt;br /&gt;
		if level == &#039;review&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			return &#039;reviewer&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif level ~= &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			return level&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			return nil -- not &#039;*&#039;. a page not being PC-protected is distinct from it being PC-protected with anyone able to review. also not &#039;&#039;, as that would mean PC-protected but nobody can review&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif action ~= &#039;edit&#039; and action ~= &#039;move&#039; and action ~= &#039;create&#039; and action ~= &#039;upload&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		error( &#039;First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, autoreview&#039;, 2 )&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace&lt;br /&gt;
		if title.contentModel == &#039;javascript&#039; or title.contentModel == &#039;css&#039; then -- site JS or CSS page&lt;br /&gt;
			return &#039;interfaceadmin&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		else -- any non-JS/CSS MediaWiki page&lt;br /&gt;
			return &#039;sysop&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif title.namespace == 2 and title.isSubpage then&lt;br /&gt;
		if title.contentModel == &#039;javascript&#039; or title.contentModel == &#039;css&#039; then -- user JS or CSS page&lt;br /&gt;
			return &#039;interfaceadmin&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif title.contentModel == &#039;json&#039; then -- user JSON page&lt;br /&gt;
			return &#039;sysop&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local level = title.protectionLevels[action] and title.protectionLevels[action][1]&lt;br /&gt;
	if level == &#039;sysop&#039; or level == &#039;editprotected&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return &#039;sysop&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action] and title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action][1] then -- used by a cascading-protected page&lt;br /&gt;
		return &#039;sysop&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif level == &#039;templateeditor&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return &#039;templateeditor&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif action == &#039;move&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test(&#039;edit&#039;, pagename) -- Testing action edit is correct, since this is for the source page. The target page name gets tested with action move.&lt;br /&gt;
		if blacklistentry and not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then&lt;br /&gt;
			return &#039;templateeditor&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif title.namespace == 6 then&lt;br /&gt;
			return &#039;filemover&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif level == &#039;extendedconfirmed&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			return &#039;extendedconfirmed&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			return &#039;autoconfirmed&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test(action, pagename)&lt;br /&gt;
	if blacklistentry then&lt;br /&gt;
		if not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then&lt;br /&gt;
			return &#039;templateeditor&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif level == &#039;extendedconfirmed&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			return &#039;extendedconfirmed&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			return &#039;autoconfirmed&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif level == &#039;editsemiprotected&#039; then -- create-semiprotected pages return this for some reason&lt;br /&gt;
		return &#039;autoconfirmed&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif level then&lt;br /&gt;
		return level&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif action == &#039;upload&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return &#039;autoconfirmed&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif action == &#039;create&#039; and title.namespace % 2 == 0 and title.namespace ~= 118 then -- You need to be registered, but not autoconfirmed, to create non-talk pages other than drafts&lt;br /&gt;
		return &#039;user&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return &#039;*&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k)&lt;br /&gt;
	return function(frame)&lt;br /&gt;
		return t._main(k, frame.args[1])&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end })&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return p&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Effective_protection_expiry&amp;diff=338</id>
		<title>Module:Effective protection expiry</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Effective_protection_expiry&amp;diff=338"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;local p = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Returns the expiry of a restriction of an action on a given title, or unknown if it cannot be known.&lt;br /&gt;
-- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used.&lt;br /&gt;
function p._main(action, pagename)&lt;br /&gt;
	local title&lt;br /&gt;
	if type(pagename) == &#039;table&#039; and pagename.prefixedText then&lt;br /&gt;
		title = pagename&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif pagename then&lt;br /&gt;
		title = mw.title.new(pagename)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	pagename = title.prefixedText&lt;br /&gt;
	if action == &#039;autoreview&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		local stabilitySettings = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title)&lt;br /&gt;
		return stabilitySettings and stabilitySettings.expiry or &#039;unknown&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif action ~= &#039;edit&#039; and action ~= &#039;move&#039; and action ~= &#039;create&#039; and action ~= &#039;upload&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		error( &#039;First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, autoreview&#039;, 2 )&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local rawExpiry = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction(&#039;PROTECTIONEXPIRY&#039;, action, pagename)&lt;br /&gt;
	if rawExpiry == &#039;infinity&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return &#039;infinity&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif rawExpiry == &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return &#039;unknown&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		local year, month, day, hour, minute, second = rawExpiry:match(&lt;br /&gt;
			&#039;^(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)$&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		)&lt;br /&gt;
		if year then&lt;br /&gt;
			return string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
				&#039;%s-%s-%sT%s:%s:%s&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				year, month, day, hour, minute, second&lt;br /&gt;
			)&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			error(&#039;internal error in Module:Effective protection expiry; malformed expiry timestamp&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k)&lt;br /&gt;
	return function(frame)&lt;br /&gt;
		return t._main(k, frame.args[1])&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end })&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return p&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Documentation/config&amp;diff=336</id>
		<title>Module:Documentation/config</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Documentation/config&amp;diff=336"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
--                               Configuration for Module:Documentation&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- Here you can set the values of the parameters and messages used in Module:Documentation to&lt;br /&gt;
-- localise it to your wiki and your language. Unless specified otherwise, values given here&lt;br /&gt;
-- should be string values.&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local cfg = {} -- Do not edit this line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Protection template configuration&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;protection-reason-edit&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The protection reason for edit-protected templates to pass to&lt;br /&gt;
-- [[Module:Protection banner]].&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;protection-reason-edit&#039;] = &#039;template&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Sandbox notice configuration&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- On sandbox pages the module can display a template notifying users that the current page is a&lt;br /&gt;
-- sandbox, and the location of test cases pages, etc. The module decides whether the page is a&lt;br /&gt;
-- sandbox or not based on the value of cfg[&#039;sandbox-subpage&#039;]. The following settings configure the&lt;br /&gt;
-- messages that the notices contains.&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-image&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The image displayed in the sandbox notice.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-image&#039;] = &#039;[[Image:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-pagetype-template&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-pagetype-module&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-pagetype-other&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The page type of the sandbox page. The message that is displayed depends on the current subject&lt;br /&gt;
-- namespace. This message is used in either cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-blurb&#039;] or&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-diff-blurb&#039;].&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-pagetype-template&#039;] = &#039;[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-pagetype-module&#039;] = &#039;[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-pagetype-other&#039;] = &#039;sandbox page&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-blurb&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-diff-blurb&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-diff-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Either cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-blurb&#039;] or cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-diff-blurb&#039;] is the opening sentence&lt;br /&gt;
-- of the sandbox notice. The latter has a diff link, but the former does not. $1 is the page&lt;br /&gt;
-- type, which is either cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-pagetype-template&#039;],&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-pagetype-module&#039;] or cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-pagetype-other&#039;] depending what&lt;br /&gt;
-- namespace we are in. $2 is a link to the main template page, and $3 is a diff link between&lt;br /&gt;
-- the sandbox and the main template. The display value of the diff link is set by &lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-compare-link-display&#039;].&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-blurb&#039;] = &#039;This is the $1 for $2.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-diff-blurb&#039;] = &#039;This is the $1 for $2 ($3).&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-compare-link-display&#039;] = &#039;diff&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb&#039;] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page&lt;br /&gt;
-- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit. $1 is a link to the test cases page.&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display&#039;] is the display value for that link.&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb&#039;] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page&lt;br /&gt;
-- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit, along with a link to run it. $1 is a link to the test&lt;br /&gt;
-- cases page, and $2 is a link to the page to run it.&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display&#039;] is the display value for the link to run the test&lt;br /&gt;
-- cases.&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb&#039;] = &#039;See also the companion subpage for $1.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display&#039;] = &#039;test cases&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb&#039;] = &#039;See also the companion subpage for $1 ($2).&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display&#039;] = &#039;run&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-category&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- A category to add to all template sandboxes.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-category&#039;] = &#039;Template sandboxes&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Start box configuration&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;documentation-icon-wikitext&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The wikitext for the icon shown at the top of the template.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;documentation-icon-wikitext&#039;] = &#039;[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;template-namespace-heading&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The heading shown in the template namespace.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;template-namespace-heading&#039;] = &#039;Template documentation&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;module-namespace-heading&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The heading shown in the module namespace.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;module-namespace-heading&#039;] = &#039;Module documentation&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;file-namespace-heading&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The heading shown in the file namespace.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;file-namespace-heading&#039;] = &#039;Summary&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;other-namespaces-heading&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The heading shown in other namespaces.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;other-namespaces-heading&#039;] = &#039;Documentation&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;view-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display for &amp;quot;view&amp;quot; links.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;view-link-display&#039;] = &#039;view&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;edit-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display for &amp;quot;edit&amp;quot; links.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;edit-link-display&#039;] = &#039;edit&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;history-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display for &amp;quot;history&amp;quot; links.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;history-link-display&#039;] = &#039;history&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;purge-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display for &amp;quot;purge&amp;quot; links.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;purge-link-display&#039;] = &#039;purge&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;create-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display for &amp;quot;create&amp;quot; links.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;create-link-display&#039;] = &#039;create&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Link box (end box) configuration&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;transcluded-from-blurb&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Notice displayed when the docs are transcluded from another page. $1 is a wikilink to that page.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;transcluded-from-blurb&#039;] = &#039;The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] is [[Wikipedia:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;create-module-doc-blurb&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Notice displayed in the module namespace when the documentation subpage does not exist.&lt;br /&gt;
-- $1 is a link to create the documentation page with the preload cfg[&#039;module-preload&#039;] and the&lt;br /&gt;
-- display cfg[&#039;create-link-display&#039;].&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;create-module-doc-blurb&#039;] = &#039;You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Experiment blurb configuration&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;experiment-blurb-template&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;experiment-blurb-module&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The experiment blurb is the text inviting editors to experiment in sandbox and test cases pages.&lt;br /&gt;
-- It is only shown in the template and module namespaces. With the default English settings, it&lt;br /&gt;
-- might look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- Editors can experiment in this template&#039;s sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- In this example, &amp;quot;sandbox&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;edit&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;diff&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;testcases&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;edit&amp;quot; would all be links.&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- There are two versions, cfg[&#039;experiment-blurb-template&#039;] and cfg[&#039;experiment-blurb-module&#039;], depending&lt;br /&gt;
-- on what namespace we are in.&lt;br /&gt;
-- &lt;br /&gt;
-- Parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- $1 is a link to the sandbox page. If the sandbox exists, it is in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
--     cfg[&#039;sandbox-link-display&#039;] (cfg[&#039;sandbox-edit-link-display&#039;] | cfg[&#039;compare-link-display&#039;])&lt;br /&gt;
-- &lt;br /&gt;
-- If the sandbox doesn&#039;t exist, it is in the format:&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
--     cfg[&#039;sandbox-link-display&#039;] (cfg[&#039;sandbox-create-link-display&#039;] | cfg[&#039;mirror-link-display&#039;])&lt;br /&gt;
-- &lt;br /&gt;
-- The link for cfg[&#039;sandbox-create-link-display&#039;] link preloads the page with cfg[&#039;template-sandbox-preload&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- or cfg[&#039;module-sandbox-preload&#039;], depending on the current namespace. The link for cfg[&#039;mirror-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- loads a default edit summary of cfg[&#039;mirror-edit-summary&#039;].&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- $2 is a link to the test cases page. If the test cases page exists, it is in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
--     cfg[&#039;testcases-link-display&#039;] (cfg[&#039;testcases-edit-link-display&#039;] | cfg[&#039;testcases-run-link-display&#039;])&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- If the test cases page doesn&#039;t exist, it is in the format:&lt;br /&gt;
-- &lt;br /&gt;
--     cfg[&#039;testcases-link-display&#039;] (cfg[&#039;testcases-create-link-display&#039;])&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- If the test cases page doesn&#039;t exist, the link for cfg[&#039;testcases-create-link-display&#039;] preloads the&lt;br /&gt;
-- page with cfg[&#039;template-testcases-preload&#039;] or cfg[&#039;module-testcases-preload&#039;], depending on the current&lt;br /&gt;
-- namespace.&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;experiment-blurb-template&#039;] = &amp;quot;Editors can experiment in this template&#039;s $1 and $2 pages.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;experiment-blurb-module&#039;] = &amp;quot;Editors can experiment in this module&#039;s $1 and $2 pages.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Sandbox link configuration&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-subpage&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The name of the template subpage typically used for sandboxes.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-subpage&#039;] = &#039;sandbox&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;template-sandbox-preload&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Preload file for template sandbox pages.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;template-sandbox-preload&#039;] = &#039;Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;module-sandbox-preload&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Preload file for Lua module sandbox pages.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;module-sandbox-preload&#039;] = &#039;Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display for &amp;quot;sandbox&amp;quot; links.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-link-display&#039;] = &#039;sandbox&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-edit-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display for sandbox &amp;quot;edit&amp;quot; links.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-edit-link-display&#039;] = &#039;edit&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;sandbox-create-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display for sandbox &amp;quot;create&amp;quot; links.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;sandbox-create-link-display&#039;] = &#039;create&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;compare-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display for &amp;quot;compare&amp;quot; links.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;compare-link-display&#039;] = &#039;diff&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;mirror-edit-summary&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The default edit summary to use when a user clicks the &amp;quot;mirror&amp;quot; link. $1 is a wikilink to the&lt;br /&gt;
-- template page.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;mirror-edit-summary&#039;] = &#039;Create sandbox version of $1&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;mirror-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display for &amp;quot;mirror&amp;quot; links.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;mirror-link-display&#039;] = &#039;mirror&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;mirror-link-preload&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The page to preload when a user clicks the &amp;quot;mirror&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;mirror-link-preload&#039;] = &#039;Template:Documentation/mirror&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Test cases link configuration&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;testcases-subpage&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The name of the template subpage typically used for test cases.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;testcases-subpage&#039;] = &#039;testcases&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;template-testcases-preload&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Preload file for template test cases pages.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;template-testcases-preload&#039;] = &#039;Template:Documentation/preload-testcases&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;module-testcases-preload&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Preload file for Lua module test cases pages.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;module-testcases-preload&#039;] = &#039;Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;testcases-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display for &amp;quot;testcases&amp;quot; links.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;testcases-link-display&#039;] = &#039;testcases&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;testcases-edit-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display for test cases &amp;quot;edit&amp;quot; links.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;testcases-edit-link-display&#039;] = &#039;edit&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;testcases-run-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display for test cases &amp;quot;run&amp;quot; links.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;testcases-run-link-display&#039;] = &#039;run&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;testcases-create-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display for test cases &amp;quot;create&amp;quot; links.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;testcases-create-link-display&#039;] = &#039;create&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Add categories blurb configuration&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;add-categories-blurb&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Text to direct users to add categories to the /doc subpage. Not used if the &amp;quot;content&amp;quot; or&lt;br /&gt;
-- &amp;quot;docname fed&amp;quot; arguments are set, as then it is not clear where to add the categories. $1 is a&lt;br /&gt;
-- link to the /doc subpage with a display value of cfg[&#039;doc-link-display&#039;].&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;add-categories-blurb&#039;] = &#039;Please add categories to the $1 subpage.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;doc-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display when linking to the /doc subpage.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;doc-link-display&#039;] = &#039;/doc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Subpages link configuration&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;subpages-blurb&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The &amp;quot;Subpages of this template&amp;quot; blurb. $1 is a link to the main template&#039;s subpages with a&lt;br /&gt;
-- display value of cfg[&#039;subpages-link-display&#039;]. In the English version this blurb is simply&lt;br /&gt;
-- the link followed by a period, and the link display provides the actual text.&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;subpages-blurb&#039;] = &#039;$1.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;subpages-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display for the &amp;quot;subpages of this page&amp;quot; link. $1 is cfg[&#039;template-pagetype&#039;],&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;module-pagetype&#039;] or cfg[&#039;default-pagetype&#039;], depending on whether the current page is in&lt;br /&gt;
-- the template namespace, the module namespace, or another namespace.&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;subpages-link-display&#039;] = &#039;Subpages of this $1&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;template-pagetype&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The pagetype to display for template pages.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;template-pagetype&#039;] = &#039;template&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;module-pagetype&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The pagetype to display for Lua module pages.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;module-pagetype&#039;] = &#039;module&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;default-pagetype&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The pagetype to display for pages other than templates or Lua modules.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;default-pagetype&#039;] = &#039;page&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Doc link configuration&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;doc-subpage&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The name of the subpage typically used for documentation pages.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;doc-subpage&#039;] = &#039;doc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;file-docpage-preload&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Preload file for documentation page in the file namespace.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;file-docpage-preload&#039;] = &#039;Template:Documentation/preload-filespace&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;docpage-preload&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Preload file for template documentation pages in all namespaces.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;docpage-preload&#039;] = &#039;Template:Documentation/preload&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;module-preload&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Preload file for Lua module documentation pages.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;module-preload&#039;] = &#039;Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Print version configuration&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;print-subpage&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The name of the template subpage used for print versions.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;print-subpage&#039;] = &#039;Print&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;print-link-display&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The text to display when linking to the /Print subpage.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;print-link-display&#039;] = &#039;/Print&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;print-blurb&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Text to display if a /Print subpage exists. $1 is a link to the subpage with a display value of cfg[&#039;print-link-display&#039;].&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;print-blurb&#039;] = &#039;A [[Help:Books/for experts#Improving the book layout|print version]] of this template exists at $1.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	.. &#039; If you make a change to this template, please update the print version as well.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;display-print-category&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Set to true to enable output of cfg[&#039;print-category&#039;] if a /Print subpage exists.&lt;br /&gt;
-- This should be a boolean value (either true or false).&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;display-print-category&#039;] = true&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;print-category&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Category to output if cfg[&#039;display-print-category&#039;] is set to true, and a /Print subpage exists.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;print-category&#039;] = &#039;Templates with print versions&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- HTML and CSS configuration&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;main-div-id&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The &amp;quot;id&amp;quot; attribute of the main HTML &amp;quot;div&amp;quot; tag.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;main-div-id&#039;] = &#039;template-documentation&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;main-div-classes&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The CSS classes added to the main HTML &amp;quot;div&amp;quot; tag.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;main-div-classes&#039;] = &#039;template-documentation iezoomfix&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;start-box-linkclasses&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The CSS classes used for the [view][edit][history] or [create] links in the start box.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;start-box-linkclasses&#039;] = &#039;mw-editsection-like plainlinks&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;start-box-link-id&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The HTML &amp;quot;id&amp;quot; attribute for the links in the start box.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;start-box-link-id&#039;] = &#039;doc_editlinks&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- {{fmbox}} template configuration&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;fmbox-id&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The id sent to the &amp;quot;id&amp;quot; parameter of the {{fmbox}} template.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;fmbox-id&#039;] = &#039;documentation-meta-data&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;fmbox-style&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The value sent to the style parameter of {{fmbox}}.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;fmbox-style&#039;] = &#039;background-color: #ecfcf4&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;fmbox-textstyle&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- The value sent to the &amp;quot;textstyle parameter of {{fmbox}}.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;fmbox-textstyle&#039;] = &#039;font-style: italic&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Tracking category configuration&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;display-strange-usage-category&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Set to true to enable output of cfg[&#039;strange-usage-category&#039;] if the module is used on a /doc subpage&lt;br /&gt;
-- or a /testcases subpage. This should be a boolean value (either true or false).&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;display-strange-usage-category&#039;] = true&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- cfg[&#039;strange-usage-category&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
-- Category to output if cfg[&#039;display-strange-usage-category&#039;] is set to true and the module is used on a&lt;br /&gt;
-- /doc subpage or a /testcases subpage.&lt;br /&gt;
cfg[&#039;strange-usage-category&#039;] = &#039;Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- End configuration&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- Don&#039;t edit anything below this line.&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return cfg&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Documentation&amp;diff=334</id>
		<title>Module:Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Documentation&amp;diff=334"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;-- This module implements {{documentation}}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Get required modules.&lt;br /&gt;
local getArgs = require(&#039;Module:Arguments&#039;).getArgs&lt;br /&gt;
local messageBox = require(&#039;Module:Message box&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Get the config table.&lt;br /&gt;
local cfg = mw.loadData(&#039;Module:Documentation/config&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local p = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Often-used functions.&lt;br /&gt;
local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Helper functions&lt;br /&gt;
--&lt;br /&gt;
-- These are defined as local functions, but are made available in the p&lt;br /&gt;
-- table for testing purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function message(cfgKey, valArray, expectType)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Gets a message from the cfg table and formats it if appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- The function raises an error if the value from the cfg table is not&lt;br /&gt;
	-- of the type expectType. The default type for expectType is &#039;string&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- If the table valArray is present, strings such as $1, $2 etc. in the&lt;br /&gt;
	-- message are substituted with values from the table keys [1], [2] etc.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- For example, if the message &amp;quot;foo-message&amp;quot; had the value &#039;Foo $2 bar $1.&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	-- message(&#039;foo-message&#039;, {&#039;baz&#039;, &#039;qux&#039;}) would return &amp;quot;Foo qux bar baz.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	local msg = cfg[cfgKey]&lt;br /&gt;
	expectType = expectType or &#039;string&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	if type(msg) ~= expectType then&lt;br /&gt;
		error(&#039;message: type error in message cfg.&#039; .. cfgKey .. &#039; (&#039; .. expectType .. &#039; expected, got &#039; .. type(msg) .. &#039;)&#039;, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if not valArray then&lt;br /&gt;
		return msg&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local function getMessageVal(match)&lt;br /&gt;
		match = tonumber(match)&lt;br /&gt;
		return valArray[match] or error(&#039;message: no value found for key $&#039; .. match .. &#039; in message cfg.&#039; .. cfgKey, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret = ugsub(msg, &#039;$([1-9][0-9]*)&#039;, getMessageVal)&lt;br /&gt;
	return ret&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p.message = message&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function makeWikilink(page, display)&lt;br /&gt;
	if display then&lt;br /&gt;
		return mw.ustring.format(&#039;[[%s|%s]]&#039;, page, display)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return mw.ustring.format(&#039;[[%s]]&#039;, page)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p.makeWikilink = makeWikilink&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort)&lt;br /&gt;
	local catns = mw.site.namespaces[14].name&lt;br /&gt;
	return makeWikilink(catns .. &#039;:&#039; .. cat, sort)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p.makeCategoryLink = makeCategoryLink&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function makeUrlLink(url, display)&lt;br /&gt;
	return mw.ustring.format(&#039;[%s %s]&#039;, url, display)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p.makeUrlLink = makeUrlLink&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function makeToolbar(...)&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	local lim = select(&#039;#&#039;, ...)&lt;br /&gt;
	if lim &amp;lt; 1 then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	for i = 1, lim do&lt;br /&gt;
		ret[#ret + 1] = select(i, ...)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return &#039;&amp;lt;small style=&amp;quot;font-style: normal;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(&#039; .. table.concat(ret, &#039; &amp;amp;#124; &#039;) .. &#039;)&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
end	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p.makeToolbar = makeToolbar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Argument processing&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName)&lt;br /&gt;
	return function (frame)&lt;br /&gt;
		local args = getArgs(frame, {&lt;br /&gt;
			valueFunc = function (key, value)&lt;br /&gt;
				if type(value) == &#039;string&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
					value = value:match(&#039;^%s*(.-)%s*$&#039;) -- Remove whitespace.&lt;br /&gt;
					if key == &#039;heading&#039; or value ~= &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
						return value&lt;br /&gt;
					else&lt;br /&gt;
						return nil&lt;br /&gt;
					end&lt;br /&gt;
				else&lt;br /&gt;
					return value&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		})&lt;br /&gt;
		return p[funcName](args)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Main function&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p.main = makeInvokeFunc(&#039;_main&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p._main(args)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- This function defines logic flow for the module.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @args - table of arguments passed by the user&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &lt;br /&gt;
	-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;main-div-id&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;template-documentation&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;main-div-classes&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;template-documentation iezoomfix&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	local env = p.getEnvironment(args)&lt;br /&gt;
	local root = mw.html.create()&lt;br /&gt;
	root&lt;br /&gt;
		:wikitext(p.protectionTemplate(env))&lt;br /&gt;
		:wikitext(p.sandboxNotice(args, env))&lt;br /&gt;
		 -- This div tag is from {{documentation/start box}}, but moving it here&lt;br /&gt;
		 -- so that we don&#039;t have to worry about unclosed tags.&lt;br /&gt;
		:tag(&#039;div&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			:attr(&#039;id&#039;, message(&#039;main-div-id&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
			:addClass(message(&#039;main-div-classes&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
			:newline()&lt;br /&gt;
			:wikitext(p._startBox(args, env))&lt;br /&gt;
			:wikitext(p._content(args, env))&lt;br /&gt;
			:tag(&#039;div&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
				:css(&#039;clear&#039;, &#039;both&#039;) -- So right or left floating items don&#039;t stick out of the doc box.&lt;br /&gt;
				:newline()&lt;br /&gt;
				:done()&lt;br /&gt;
			:done()&lt;br /&gt;
		:wikitext(p._endBox(args, env))&lt;br /&gt;
		:wikitext(p.addTrackingCategories(env))&lt;br /&gt;
	return tostring(root)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Environment settings&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.getEnvironment(args)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Returns a table with information about the environment, including title objects and other namespace- or&lt;br /&gt;
	-- path-related data.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @args - table of arguments passed by the user&lt;br /&gt;
	--&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Title objects include:&lt;br /&gt;
	-- env.title - the page we are making documentation for (usually the current title)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- env.templateTitle - the template (or module, file, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- env.docTitle - the /doc subpage.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- env.sandboxTitle - the /sandbox subpage.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- env.testcasesTitle - the /testcases subpage.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- env.printTitle - the print version of the template, located at the /Print subpage.&lt;br /&gt;
	--&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Data includes:&lt;br /&gt;
	-- env.protectionLevels - the protection levels table of the title object.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- env.subjectSpace - the number of the title&#039;s subject namespace.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- env.docSpace - the number of the namespace the title puts its documentation in.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- env.docpageBase - the text of the base page of the /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages, with namespace.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- env.compareUrl - URL of the Special:ComparePages page comparing the sandbox with the template.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &lt;br /&gt;
	-- All table lookups are passed through pcall so that errors are caught. If an error occurs, the value&lt;br /&gt;
	-- returned will be nil.&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	local env, envFuncs = {}, {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set up the metatable. If triggered we call the corresponding function in the envFuncs table. The value&lt;br /&gt;
	-- returned by that function is memoized in the env table so that we don&#039;t call any of the functions&lt;br /&gt;
	-- more than once. (Nils won&#039;t be memoized.)&lt;br /&gt;
	setmetatable(env, {&lt;br /&gt;
		__index = function (t, key)&lt;br /&gt;
			local envFunc = envFuncs[key]&lt;br /&gt;
			if envFunc then&lt;br /&gt;
				local success, val = pcall(envFunc)&lt;br /&gt;
				if success then&lt;br /&gt;
					env[key] = val -- Memoise the value.&lt;br /&gt;
					return val&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
			return nil&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	})	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	function envFuncs.title()&lt;br /&gt;
		-- The title object for the current page, or a test page passed with args.page.&lt;br /&gt;
		local title&lt;br /&gt;
		local titleArg = args.page&lt;br /&gt;
		if titleArg then&lt;br /&gt;
			title = mw.title.new(titleArg)&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		return title&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	function envFuncs.templateTitle()&lt;br /&gt;
		--[[&lt;br /&gt;
		-- The template (or module, etc.) title object.&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
		-- &#039;sandbox-subpage&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;sandbox&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		-- &#039;testcases-subpage&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;testcases&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--]]&lt;br /&gt;
		local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace&lt;br /&gt;
		local title = env.title&lt;br /&gt;
		local subpage = title.subpageText&lt;br /&gt;
		if subpage == message(&#039;sandbox-subpage&#039;) or subpage == message(&#039;testcases-subpage&#039;) then&lt;br /&gt;
			return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.baseText)&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.text)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	function envFuncs.docTitle()&lt;br /&gt;
		--[[&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Title object of the /doc subpage.&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
		-- &#039;doc-subpage&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;doc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--]]&lt;br /&gt;
		local title = env.title&lt;br /&gt;
		local docname = args[1] -- User-specified doc page.&lt;br /&gt;
		local docpage&lt;br /&gt;
		if docname then&lt;br /&gt;
			docpage = docname&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			docpage = env.docpageBase .. &#039;/&#039; .. message(&#039;doc-subpage&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		return mw.title.new(docpage)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	function envFuncs.sandboxTitle()&lt;br /&gt;
		--[[&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Title object for the /sandbox subpage.&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
		-- &#039;sandbox-subpage&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;sandbox&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--]]&lt;br /&gt;
		return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. &#039;/&#039; .. message(&#039;sandbox-subpage&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	function envFuncs.testcasesTitle()&lt;br /&gt;
		--[[&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Title object for the /testcases subpage.&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
		-- &#039;testcases-subpage&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;testcases&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--]]&lt;br /&gt;
		return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. &#039;/&#039; .. message(&#039;testcases-subpage&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	function envFuncs.printTitle()&lt;br /&gt;
		--[[&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Title object for the /Print subpage.&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
		-- &#039;print-subpage&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Print&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		--]]&lt;br /&gt;
		return env.templateTitle:subPageTitle(message(&#039;print-subpage&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	function envFuncs.protectionLevels()&lt;br /&gt;
		-- The protection levels table of the title object.&lt;br /&gt;
		return env.title.protectionLevels&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	function envFuncs.subjectSpace()&lt;br /&gt;
		-- The subject namespace number.&lt;br /&gt;
		return mw.site.namespaces[env.title.namespace].subject.id&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	function envFuncs.docSpace()&lt;br /&gt;
		-- The documentation namespace number. For most namespaces this is the same as the&lt;br /&gt;
		-- subject namespace. However, pages in the Article, File, MediaWiki or Category&lt;br /&gt;
		-- namespaces must have their /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages in talk space.&lt;br /&gt;
		local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace&lt;br /&gt;
		if subjectSpace == 0 or subjectSpace == 6 or subjectSpace == 8 or subjectSpace == 14 then&lt;br /&gt;
			return subjectSpace + 1&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			return subjectSpace&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	function envFuncs.docpageBase()&lt;br /&gt;
		-- The base page of the /doc, /sandbox, and /testcases subpages.&lt;br /&gt;
		-- For some namespaces this is the talk page, rather than the template page.&lt;br /&gt;
		local templateTitle = env.templateTitle&lt;br /&gt;
		local docSpace = env.docSpace&lt;br /&gt;
		local docSpaceText = mw.site.namespaces[docSpace].name&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Assemble the link. docSpace is never the main namespace, so we can hardcode the colon.&lt;br /&gt;
		return docSpaceText .. &#039;:&#039; .. templateTitle.text&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	function envFuncs.compareUrl()&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Diff link between the sandbox and the main template using [[Special:ComparePages]].&lt;br /&gt;
		local templateTitle = env.templateTitle&lt;br /&gt;
		local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle&lt;br /&gt;
		if templateTitle.exists and sandboxTitle.exists then&lt;br /&gt;
			local compareUrl = mw.uri.fullUrl(&lt;br /&gt;
				&#039;Special:ComparePages&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				{page1 = templateTitle.prefixedText, page2 = sandboxTitle.prefixedText}&lt;br /&gt;
			)&lt;br /&gt;
			return tostring(compareUrl)&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			return nil&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return env&lt;br /&gt;
end	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Auxiliary templates&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.sandboxNotice(args, env)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[=[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Generates a sandbox notice for display above sandbox pages.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &lt;br /&gt;
	-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;sandbox-notice-image&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;[[Image:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;sandbox-notice-blurb&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;This is the $1 for $2.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;sandbox-notice-diff-blurb&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;This is the $1 for $2 ($3).&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;sandbox-notice-pagetype-template&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;sandbox-notice-pagetype-module&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;sandbox-notice-pagetype-other&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;sandbox page&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;sandbox-notice-compare-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;diff&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;See also the companion subpage for $1.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;test cases&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;sandbox-category&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Template sandboxes&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	--]=]&lt;br /&gt;
	local title = env.title&lt;br /&gt;
	local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	local templateTitle = env.templateTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace&lt;br /&gt;
	if not (subjectSpace and title and sandboxTitle and templateTitle and mw.title.equals(title, sandboxTitle)) then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Build the table of arguments to pass to {{ombox}}. We need just two fields, &amp;quot;image&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
	local omargs = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	omargs.image = message(&#039;sandbox-notice-image&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Get the text. We start with the opening blurb, which is something like&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &amp;quot;This is the template sandbox for [[Template:Foo]] (diff).&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
	local text = &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	local pagetype&lt;br /&gt;
	if subjectSpace == 10 then&lt;br /&gt;
		pagetype = message(&#039;sandbox-notice-pagetype-template&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif subjectSpace == 828 then&lt;br /&gt;
		pagetype = message(&#039;sandbox-notice-pagetype-module&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		pagetype = message(&#039;sandbox-notice-pagetype-other&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local templateLink = makeWikilink(templateTitle.prefixedText)&lt;br /&gt;
	local compareUrl = env.compareUrl&lt;br /&gt;
	if compareUrl then&lt;br /&gt;
		local compareDisplay = message(&#039;sandbox-notice-compare-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		local compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		text = text .. message(&#039;sandbox-notice-diff-blurb&#039;, {pagetype, templateLink, compareLink})&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		text = text .. message(&#039;sandbox-notice-blurb&#039;, {pagetype, templateLink})&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Get the test cases page blurb if the page exists. This is something like&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &amp;quot;See also the companion subpage for [[Template:Foo/testcases|test cases]].&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
	local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	if testcasesTitle and testcasesTitle.exists then&lt;br /&gt;
		if testcasesTitle.contentModel == &amp;quot;Scribunto&amp;quot; then&lt;br /&gt;
			local testcasesLinkDisplay = message(&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message(&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
			local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
			text = text .. &#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&#039; .. message(&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb&#039;, {testcasesLink, testcasesRunLink})&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			local testcasesLinkDisplay = message(&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
			text = text .. &#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&#039; .. message(&#039;sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb&#039;, {testcasesLink})&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Add the sandbox to the sandbox category.&lt;br /&gt;
	text = text .. makeCategoryLink(message(&#039;sandbox-category&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
	omargs.text = text&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret = &#039;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;clear: both;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	ret = ret .. messageBox.main(&#039;ombox&#039;, omargs)&lt;br /&gt;
	return ret&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.protectionTemplate(env)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Generates the padlock icon in the top right.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;protection-template&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;pp-template&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;protection-template-args&#039; --&amp;gt; {docusage = &#039;yes&#039;}&lt;br /&gt;
	local protectionLevels, mProtectionBanner&lt;br /&gt;
	local title = env.title&lt;br /&gt;
	protectionLevels = env.protectionLevels&lt;br /&gt;
	if not protectionLevels then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local editProt = protectionLevels.edit and protectionLevels.edit[1]&lt;br /&gt;
	local moveProt = protectionLevels.move and protectionLevels.move[1]&lt;br /&gt;
	if editProt then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- The page is edit-protected.&lt;br /&gt;
		mProtectionBanner = require(&#039;Module:Protection banner&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		local reason = message(&#039;protection-reason-edit&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		return mProtectionBanner._main{reason, small = true}&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif moveProt and moveProt ~= &#039;autoconfirmed&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- The page is move-protected but not edit-protected. Exclude move&lt;br /&gt;
		-- protection with the level &amp;quot;autoconfirmed&amp;quot;, as this is equivalent to&lt;br /&gt;
		-- no move protection at all.&lt;br /&gt;
		mProtectionBanner = require(&#039;Module:Protection banner&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		return mProtectionBanner._main{action = &#039;move&#039;, small = true}&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Start box&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p.startBox = makeInvokeFunc(&#039;_startBox&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p._startBox(args, env)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- This function generates the start box.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &lt;br /&gt;
	-- The actual work is done by p.makeStartBoxLinksData and p.renderStartBoxLinks which make&lt;br /&gt;
	-- the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links, and by p.makeStartBoxData and p.renderStartBox&lt;br /&gt;
	-- which generate the box HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)&lt;br /&gt;
	local links&lt;br /&gt;
	local content = args.content&lt;br /&gt;
	if not content or args[1] then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- No need to include the links if the documentation is on the template page itself.&lt;br /&gt;
		local linksData = p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env)&lt;br /&gt;
		if linksData then&lt;br /&gt;
			links = p.renderStartBoxLinks(linksData)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Generate the start box html.&lt;br /&gt;
	local data = p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links)&lt;br /&gt;
	if data then&lt;br /&gt;
		return p.renderStartBox(data)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		-- User specified no heading.&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Does initial processing of data to make the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &lt;br /&gt;
	-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;view-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;view&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;edit-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;edit&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;history-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;history&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;purge-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;purge&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;file-docpage-preload&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Template:Documentation/preload-filespace&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;module-preload&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;docpage-preload&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Template:Documentation/preload&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;create-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;create&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace&lt;br /&gt;
	local title = env.title&lt;br /&gt;
	local docTitle = env.docTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	if not title or not docTitle then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if docTitle.isRedirect then &lt;br /&gt;
		docTitle = docTitle.redirectTarget&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local data = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	data.title = title&lt;br /&gt;
	data.docTitle = docTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	-- View, display, edit, and purge links if /doc exists.&lt;br /&gt;
	data.viewLinkDisplay = message(&#039;view-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	data.editLinkDisplay = message(&#039;edit-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	data.historyLinkDisplay = message(&#039;history-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	data.purgeLinkDisplay = message(&#039;purge-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Create link if /doc doesn&#039;t exist.&lt;br /&gt;
	local preload = args.preload&lt;br /&gt;
	if not preload then&lt;br /&gt;
		if subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace&lt;br /&gt;
			preload = message(&#039;file-docpage-preload&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace&lt;br /&gt;
			preload = message(&#039;module-preload&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			preload = message(&#039;docpage-preload&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	data.preload = preload&lt;br /&gt;
	data.createLinkDisplay = message(&#039;create-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	return data&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.renderStartBoxLinks(data)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Generates the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links from the data table.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxLinksData&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	local function escapeBrackets(s)&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Escapes square brackets with HTML entities.&lt;br /&gt;
		s = s:gsub(&#039;%[&#039;, &#039;&amp;amp;#91;&#039;) -- Replace square brackets with HTML entities.&lt;br /&gt;
		s = s:gsub(&#039;%]&#039;, &#039;&amp;amp;#93;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		return s&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret&lt;br /&gt;
	local docTitle = data.docTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	local title = data.title&lt;br /&gt;
	if docTitle.exists then&lt;br /&gt;
		local viewLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, data.viewLinkDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		local editLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = &#039;edit&#039;}, data.editLinkDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		local historyLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = &#039;history&#039;}, data.historyLinkDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		local purgeLink = makeUrlLink(title:fullUrl{action = &#039;purge&#039;}, data.purgeLinkDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		ret = &#039;[%s] [%s] [%s] [%s]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		ret = escapeBrackets(ret)&lt;br /&gt;
		ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, viewLink, editLink, historyLink, purgeLink)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		local createLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = &#039;edit&#039;, preload = data.preload}, data.createLinkDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		ret = &#039;[%s]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		ret = escapeBrackets(ret)&lt;br /&gt;
		ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, createLink)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return ret&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[=[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Does initial processing of data to pass to the start-box render function, p.renderStartBox.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @links - a string containing the [view][edit][history][purge] links - could be nil if there&#039;s an error.&lt;br /&gt;
	--&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;documentation-icon-wikitext&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;template-namespace-heading&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Template documentation&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;module-namespace-heading&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Module documentation&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;file-namespace-heading&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Summary&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;other-namespaces-heading&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Documentation&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;start-box-linkclasses&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;mw-editsection-like plainlinks&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;start-box-link-id&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;doc_editlinks&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;testcases-create-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;create&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	--]=]&lt;br /&gt;
	local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace&lt;br /&gt;
	if not subjectSpace then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Default to an &amp;quot;other namespaces&amp;quot; namespace, so that we get at least some output&lt;br /&gt;
		-- if an error occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
		subjectSpace = 2&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local data = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Heading&lt;br /&gt;
	local heading = args.heading -- Blank values are not removed.&lt;br /&gt;
	if heading == &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Don&#039;t display the start box if the heading arg is defined but blank.&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if heading then&lt;br /&gt;
		data.heading = heading&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- Template namespace&lt;br /&gt;
		data.heading = message(&#039;documentation-icon-wikitext&#039;) .. &#039; &#039; .. message(&#039;template-namespace-heading&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace&lt;br /&gt;
		data.heading = message(&#039;documentation-icon-wikitext&#039;) .. &#039; &#039; .. message(&#039;module-namespace-heading&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace&lt;br /&gt;
		data.heading = message(&#039;file-namespace-heading&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		data.heading = message(&#039;other-namespaces-heading&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Heading CSS&lt;br /&gt;
	local headingStyle = args[&#039;heading-style&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
	if headingStyle then&lt;br /&gt;
		data.headingStyleText = headingStyle&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif subjectSpace == 10 then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- We are in the template or template talk namespaces.&lt;br /&gt;
		data.headingFontWeight = &#039;bold&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		data.headingFontSize = &#039;125%&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		data.headingFontSize = &#039;150%&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Data for the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links.&lt;br /&gt;
	if links then&lt;br /&gt;
		data.linksClass = message(&#039;start-box-linkclasses&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		data.linksId = message(&#039;start-box-link-id&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		data.links = links&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	return data&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.renderStartBox(data)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Renders the start box html.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxData.&lt;br /&gt;
	local sbox = mw.html.create(&#039;div&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	sbox&lt;br /&gt;
		:css(&#039;padding-bottom&#039;, &#039;3px&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		:css(&#039;border-bottom&#039;, &#039;1px solid #aaa&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		:css(&#039;margin-bottom&#039;, &#039;1ex&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		:newline()&lt;br /&gt;
		:tag(&#039;span&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			:cssText(data.headingStyleText)&lt;br /&gt;
			:css(&#039;font-weight&#039;, data.headingFontWeight)&lt;br /&gt;
			:css(&#039;font-size&#039;, data.headingFontSize)&lt;br /&gt;
			:wikitext(data.heading)&lt;br /&gt;
	local links = data.links&lt;br /&gt;
	if links then&lt;br /&gt;
		sbox:tag(&#039;span&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			:addClass(data.linksClass)&lt;br /&gt;
			:attr(&#039;id&#039;, data.linksId)&lt;br /&gt;
			:wikitext(links)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return tostring(sbox)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Documentation content&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p.content = makeInvokeFunc(&#039;_content&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p._content(args, env)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Displays the documentation contents&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment&lt;br /&gt;
	env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)&lt;br /&gt;
	local docTitle = env.docTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	local content = args.content&lt;br /&gt;
	if not content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then&lt;br /&gt;
		content = args._content or mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = docTitle.prefixedText}&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	-- The line breaks below are necessary so that &amp;quot;=== Headings ===&amp;quot; at the start and end&lt;br /&gt;
	-- of docs are interpreted correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
	return &#039;\n&#039; .. (content or &#039;&#039;) .. &#039;\n&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p.contentTitle = makeInvokeFunc(&#039;_contentTitle&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p._contentTitle(args, env)&lt;br /&gt;
	env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)&lt;br /&gt;
	local docTitle = env.docTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	if not args.content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then&lt;br /&gt;
		return docTitle.prefixedText&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- End box&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p.endBox = makeInvokeFunc(&#039;_endBox&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p._endBox(args, env)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[=[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- This function generates the end box (also known as the link box).&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &lt;br /&gt;
	-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;fmbox-id&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;documentation-meta-data&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;fmbox-style&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;background-color: #ecfcf4&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;fmbox-textstyle&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;font-style: italic&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &lt;br /&gt;
	-- The HTML is generated by the {{fmbox}} template, courtesy of [[Module:Message box]].&lt;br /&gt;
	--]=]&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Get environment data.&lt;br /&gt;
	env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)&lt;br /&gt;
	local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace&lt;br /&gt;
	local docTitle = env.docTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	if not subjectSpace or not docTitle then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Check whether we should output the end box at all. Add the end&lt;br /&gt;
	-- box by default if the documentation exists or if we are in the&lt;br /&gt;
	-- user, module or template namespaces.&lt;br /&gt;
	local linkBox = args[&#039;link box&#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
	if linkBox == &#039;off&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		or not (&lt;br /&gt;
			docTitle.exists&lt;br /&gt;
			or subjectSpace == 2&lt;br /&gt;
			or subjectSpace == 828&lt;br /&gt;
			or subjectSpace == 10&lt;br /&gt;
		)&lt;br /&gt;
	then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Assemble the arguments for {{fmbox}}.&lt;br /&gt;
	local fmargs = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	fmargs.id = message(&#039;fmbox-id&#039;) -- Sets &#039;documentation-meta-data&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	fmargs.image = &#039;none&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	fmargs.style = message(&#039;fmbox-style&#039;) -- Sets &#039;background-color: #ecfcf4&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	fmargs.textstyle = message(&#039;fmbox-textstyle&#039;) -- &#039;font-style: italic;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Assemble the fmbox text field.&lt;br /&gt;
	local text = &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	if linkBox then&lt;br /&gt;
		text = text .. linkBox&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		text = text .. (p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) or &#039;&#039;) -- &amp;quot;This documentation is transcluded from [[Foo]].&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
		if subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 10 or subjectSpace == 828 then&lt;br /&gt;
			-- We are in the user, template or module namespaces.&lt;br /&gt;
			-- Add sandbox and testcases links.&lt;br /&gt;
			-- &amp;quot;Editors can experiment in this template&#039;s sandbox and testcases pages.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
			text = text .. (p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) or &#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			text = text .. &#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			if not args.content and not args[1] then&lt;br /&gt;
				-- &amp;quot;Please add categories to the /doc subpage.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
				-- Don&#039;t show this message with inline docs or with an explicitly specified doc page,&lt;br /&gt;
				-- as then it is unclear where to add the categories.&lt;br /&gt;
				text = text .. (p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) or &#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
			text = text .. &#039; &#039; .. (p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) or &#039;&#039;) --&amp;quot;Subpages of this template&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
			local printBlurb = p.makePrintBlurb(args, env) -- Two-line blurb about print versions of templates.&lt;br /&gt;
			if printBlurb then&lt;br /&gt;
				text = text .. &#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&#039; .. printBlurb&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	fmargs.text = text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return messageBox.main(&#039;fmbox&#039;, fmargs)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[=[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Makes the blurb &amp;quot;This documentation is transcluded from [[Template:Foo]] (edit, history)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &lt;br /&gt;
	-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;edit-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;edit&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;history-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;history&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;transcluded-from-blurb&#039; --&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] &lt;br /&gt;
	-- is [[Wikipedia:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;module-preload&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;create-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;create&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;create-module-doc-blurb&#039; --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	--]=]&lt;br /&gt;
	local docTitle = env.docTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	if not docTitle then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret&lt;br /&gt;
	if docTitle.exists then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- /doc exists; link to it.&lt;br /&gt;
		local docLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText)&lt;br /&gt;
		local editUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = &#039;edit&#039;}&lt;br /&gt;
		local editDisplay = message(&#039;edit-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		local editLink = makeUrlLink(editUrl, editDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		local historyUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = &#039;history&#039;}&lt;br /&gt;
		local historyDisplay = message(&#039;history-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		local historyLink = makeUrlLink(historyUrl, historyDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		ret = message(&#039;transcluded-from-blurb&#039;, {docLink})&lt;br /&gt;
			.. &#039; &#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			.. makeToolbar(editLink, historyLink)&lt;br /&gt;
			.. &#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif env.subjectSpace == 828 then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- /doc does not exist; ask to create it.&lt;br /&gt;
		local createUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = &#039;edit&#039;, preload = message(&#039;module-preload&#039;)}&lt;br /&gt;
		local createDisplay = message(&#039;create-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		local createLink = makeUrlLink(createUrl, createDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		ret = message(&#039;create-module-doc-blurb&#039;, {createLink})&lt;br /&gt;
			.. &#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return ret&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Renders the text &amp;quot;Editors can experiment in this template&#039;s sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &lt;br /&gt;
	-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;sandbox-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;sandbox&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;sandbox-edit-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;edit&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;compare-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;diff&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;module-sandbox-preload&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;template-sandbox-preload&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;sandbox-create-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;create&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;mirror-edit-summary&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Create sandbox version of $1&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;mirror-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;mirror&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;mirror-link-preload&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Template:Documentation/mirror&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;sandbox-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;sandbox&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;testcases-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;testcases&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;testcases-edit-link-display&#039;--&amp;gt; &#039;edit&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;template-sandbox-preload&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;testcases-create-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;create&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;testcases-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;testcases&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;testcases-edit-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;edit&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;module-testcases-preload&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;template-testcases-preload&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Template:Documentation/preload-testcases&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;experiment-blurb-module&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Editors can experiment in this module&#039;s $1 and $2 pages.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;experiment-blurb-template&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Editors can experiment in this template&#039;s $1 and $2 pages.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace&lt;br /&gt;
	local templateTitle = env.templateTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	local templatePage = templateTitle.prefixedText&lt;br /&gt;
	if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle or not sandboxTitle or not testcasesTitle then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Make links.&lt;br /&gt;
	local sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks&lt;br /&gt;
	if sandboxTitle.exists then&lt;br /&gt;
		local sandboxPage = sandboxTitle.prefixedText&lt;br /&gt;
		local sandboxDisplay = message(&#039;sandbox-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		local sandboxLink = makeWikilink(sandboxPage, sandboxDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		local sandboxEditUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = &#039;edit&#039;}&lt;br /&gt;
		local sandboxEditDisplay = message(&#039;sandbox-edit-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		local sandboxEditLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxEditUrl, sandboxEditDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		local compareUrl = env.compareUrl&lt;br /&gt;
		local compareLink&lt;br /&gt;
		if compareUrl then&lt;br /&gt;
			local compareDisplay = message(&#039;compare-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		sandboxLinks = sandboxLink .. &#039; &#039; .. makeToolbar(sandboxEditLink, compareLink)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		local sandboxPreload&lt;br /&gt;
		if subjectSpace == 828 then&lt;br /&gt;
			sandboxPreload = message(&#039;module-sandbox-preload&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			sandboxPreload = message(&#039;template-sandbox-preload&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		local sandboxCreateUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = &#039;edit&#039;, preload = sandboxPreload}&lt;br /&gt;
		local sandboxCreateDisplay = message(&#039;sandbox-create-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		local sandboxCreateLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxCreateUrl, sandboxCreateDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		local mirrorSummary = message(&#039;mirror-edit-summary&#039;, {makeWikilink(templatePage)})&lt;br /&gt;
		local mirrorPreload = message(&#039;mirror-link-preload&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		local mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = &#039;edit&#039;, preload = mirrorPreload, summary = mirrorSummary}&lt;br /&gt;
		if subjectSpace == 828 then&lt;br /&gt;
			mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = &#039;edit&#039;, preload = templateTitle.prefixedText, summary = mirrorSummary}&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		local mirrorDisplay = message(&#039;mirror-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		local mirrorLink = makeUrlLink(mirrorUrl, mirrorDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		sandboxLinks = message(&#039;sandbox-link-display&#039;) .. &#039; &#039; .. makeToolbar(sandboxCreateLink, mirrorLink)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if testcasesTitle.exists then&lt;br /&gt;
		local testcasesPage = testcasesTitle.prefixedText&lt;br /&gt;
		local testcasesDisplay = message(&#039;testcases-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesPage, testcasesDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		local testcasesEditUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = &#039;edit&#039;}&lt;br /&gt;
		local testcasesEditDisplay = message(&#039;testcases-edit-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		local testcasesEditLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesEditUrl, testcasesEditDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		-- for Modules, add testcases run link if exists&lt;br /&gt;
		if testcasesTitle.contentModel == &amp;quot;Scribunto&amp;quot;  and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.exists then&lt;br /&gt;
			local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message(&#039;testcases-run-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
			testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. &#039; &#039; .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink, testcasesRunLink)&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. &#039; &#039; .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		local testcasesPreload&lt;br /&gt;
		if subjectSpace == 828 then&lt;br /&gt;
			testcasesPreload = message(&#039;module-testcases-preload&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			testcasesPreload = message(&#039;template-testcases-preload&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		local testcasesCreateUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = &#039;edit&#039;, preload = testcasesPreload}&lt;br /&gt;
		local testcasesCreateDisplay = message(&#039;testcases-create-link-display&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		local testcasesCreateLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesCreateUrl, testcasesCreateDisplay)&lt;br /&gt;
		testcasesLinks = message(&#039;testcases-link-display&#039;) .. &#039; &#039; .. makeToolbar(testcasesCreateLink)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local messageName&lt;br /&gt;
	if subjectSpace == 828 then&lt;br /&gt;
		messageName = &#039;experiment-blurb-module&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		messageName = &#039;experiment-blurb-template&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return message(messageName, {sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks})&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Generates the text &amp;quot;Please add categories to the /doc subpage.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;doc-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;/doc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;add-categories-blurb&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Please add categories to the $1 subpage.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	local docTitle = env.docTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	if not docTitle then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local docPathLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, message(&#039;doc-link-display&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
	return message(&#039;add-categories-blurb&#039;, {docPathLink})&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Generates the &amp;quot;Subpages of this template&amp;quot; link.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;template-pagetype&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;template&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;module-pagetype&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;module&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;default-pagetype&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;page&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;subpages-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Subpages of this $1&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace&lt;br /&gt;
	local templateTitle = env.templateTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local pagetype&lt;br /&gt;
	if subjectSpace == 10 then&lt;br /&gt;
		pagetype = message(&#039;template-pagetype&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif subjectSpace == 828 then&lt;br /&gt;
		pagetype = message(&#039;module-pagetype&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		pagetype = message(&#039;default-pagetype&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local subpagesLink = makeWikilink(&lt;br /&gt;
		&#039;Special:PrefixIndex/&#039; .. templateTitle.prefixedText .. &#039;/&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		message(&#039;subpages-link-display&#039;, {pagetype})&lt;br /&gt;
	)&lt;br /&gt;
	return message(&#039;subpages-blurb&#039;, {subpagesLink})&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.makePrintBlurb(args, env)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[=[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Generates the blurb displayed when there is a print version of the template available.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment&lt;br /&gt;
	--&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;print-link-display&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;/Print&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;print-blurb&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;A [[Help:Books/for experts#Improving the book layout|print version]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	--		.. &#039; of this template exists at $1.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	--		.. &#039; If you make a change to this template, please update the print version as well.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;display-print-category&#039; --&amp;gt; true&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;print-category&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Templates with print versions&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	--]=]&lt;br /&gt;
	local printTitle = env.printTitle&lt;br /&gt;
	if not printTitle then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret&lt;br /&gt;
	if printTitle.exists then&lt;br /&gt;
		local printLink = makeWikilink(printTitle.prefixedText, message(&#039;print-link-display&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
		ret = message(&#039;print-blurb&#039;, {printLink})&lt;br /&gt;
		local displayPrintCategory = message(&#039;display-print-category&#039;, nil, &#039;boolean&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		if displayPrintCategory then&lt;br /&gt;
			ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message(&#039;print-category&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return ret&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Tracking categories&lt;br /&gt;
----------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.addTrackingCategories(env)&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Check if {{documentation}} is transcluded on a /doc or /testcases page.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;display-strange-usage-category&#039; --&amp;gt; true&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;doc-subpage&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;doc&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;testcases-subpage&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;testcases&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &#039;strange-usage-category&#039; --&amp;gt; &#039;Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	-- &lt;br /&gt;
	-- /testcases pages in the module namespace are not categorised, as they may have&lt;br /&gt;
	-- {{documentation}} transcluded automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	local title = env.title&lt;br /&gt;
	local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace&lt;br /&gt;
	if not title or not subjectSpace then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local subpage = title.subpageText&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret = &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	if message(&#039;display-strange-usage-category&#039;, nil, &#039;boolean&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		and (&lt;br /&gt;
			subpage == message(&#039;doc-subpage&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			or subjectSpace ~= 828 and subpage == message(&#039;testcases-subpage&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		)&lt;br /&gt;
	then&lt;br /&gt;
		ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message(&#039;strange-usage-category&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return ret&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return p&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Arguments&amp;diff=332</id>
		<title>Module:Arguments</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Arguments&amp;diff=332"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;-- This module provides easy processing of arguments passed to Scribunto from&lt;br /&gt;
-- #invoke. It is intended for use by other Lua modules, and should not be&lt;br /&gt;
-- called from #invoke directly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local libraryUtil = require(&#039;libraryUtil&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local arguments = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Generate four different tidyVal functions, so that we don&#039;t have to check the&lt;br /&gt;
-- options every time we call it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function tidyValDefault(key, val)&lt;br /&gt;
	if type(val) == &#039;string&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		val = val:match(&#039;^%s*(.-)%s*$&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		if val == &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			return nil&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			return val&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return val&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function tidyValTrimOnly(key, val)&lt;br /&gt;
	if type(val) == &#039;string&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return val:match(&#039;^%s*(.-)%s*$&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return val&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly(key, val)&lt;br /&gt;
	if type(val) == &#039;string&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		if val:find(&#039;%S&#039;) then&lt;br /&gt;
			return val&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			return nil&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return val&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function tidyValNoChange(key, val)&lt;br /&gt;
	return val&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function matchesTitle(given, title)&lt;br /&gt;
	local tp = type( given )&lt;br /&gt;
	return (tp == &#039;string&#039; or tp == &#039;number&#039;) and mw.title.new( given ).prefixedText == title&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local translate_mt = { __index = function(t, k) return k end }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function arguments.getArgs(frame, options)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;getArgs&#039;, 1, frame, &#039;table&#039;, true)&lt;br /&gt;
	checkType(&#039;getArgs&#039;, 2, options, &#039;table&#039;, true)&lt;br /&gt;
	frame = frame or {}&lt;br /&gt;
	options = options or {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set up argument translation.&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	options.translate = options.translate or {}&lt;br /&gt;
	if getmetatable(options.translate) == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
		setmetatable(options.translate, translate_mt)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if options.backtranslate == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
		options.backtranslate = {}&lt;br /&gt;
		for k,v in pairs(options.translate) do&lt;br /&gt;
			options.backtranslate[v] = k&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if options.backtranslate and getmetatable(options.backtranslate) == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
		setmetatable(options.backtranslate, {&lt;br /&gt;
			__index = function(t, k)&lt;br /&gt;
				if options.translate[k] ~= k then&lt;br /&gt;
					return nil&lt;br /&gt;
				else&lt;br /&gt;
					return k&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		})&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Get the argument tables. If we were passed a valid frame object, get the&lt;br /&gt;
	-- frame arguments (fargs) and the parent frame arguments (pargs), depending&lt;br /&gt;
	-- on the options set and on the parent frame&#039;s availability. If we weren&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
	-- passed a valid frame object, we are being called from another Lua module&lt;br /&gt;
	-- or from the debug console, so assume that we were passed a table of args&lt;br /&gt;
	-- directly, and assign it to a new variable (luaArgs).&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	local fargs, pargs, luaArgs&lt;br /&gt;
	if type(frame.args) == &#039;table&#039; and type(frame.getParent) == &#039;function&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		if options.wrappers then&lt;br /&gt;
			--[[&lt;br /&gt;
			-- The wrappers option makes Module:Arguments look up arguments in&lt;br /&gt;
			-- either the frame argument table or the parent argument table, but&lt;br /&gt;
			-- not both. This means that users can use either the #invoke syntax&lt;br /&gt;
			-- or a wrapper template without the loss of performance associated&lt;br /&gt;
			-- with looking arguments up in both the frame and the parent frame.&lt;br /&gt;
			-- Module:Arguments will look up arguments in the parent frame&lt;br /&gt;
			-- if it finds the parent frame&#039;s title in options.wrapper;&lt;br /&gt;
			-- otherwise it will look up arguments in the frame object passed&lt;br /&gt;
			-- to getArgs.&lt;br /&gt;
			--]]&lt;br /&gt;
			local parent = frame:getParent()&lt;br /&gt;
			if not parent then&lt;br /&gt;
				fargs = frame.args&lt;br /&gt;
			else&lt;br /&gt;
				local title = parent:getTitle():gsub(&#039;/sandbox$&#039;, &#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
				local found = false&lt;br /&gt;
				if matchesTitle(options.wrappers, title) then&lt;br /&gt;
					found = true&lt;br /&gt;
				elseif type(options.wrappers) == &#039;table&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
					for _,v in pairs(options.wrappers) do&lt;br /&gt;
						if matchesTitle(v, title) then&lt;br /&gt;
							found = true&lt;br /&gt;
							break&lt;br /&gt;
						end&lt;br /&gt;
					end&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
				-- We test for false specifically here so that nil (the default) acts like true.&lt;br /&gt;
				if found or options.frameOnly == false then&lt;br /&gt;
					pargs = parent.args&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
				if not found or options.parentOnly == false then&lt;br /&gt;
					fargs = frame.args&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			-- options.wrapper isn&#039;t set, so check the other options.&lt;br /&gt;
			if not options.parentOnly then&lt;br /&gt;
				fargs = frame.args&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
			if not options.frameOnly then&lt;br /&gt;
				local parent = frame:getParent()&lt;br /&gt;
				pargs = parent and parent.args or nil&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		if options.parentFirst then&lt;br /&gt;
			fargs, pargs = pargs, fargs&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		luaArgs = frame&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set the order of precedence of the argument tables. If the variables are&lt;br /&gt;
	-- nil, nothing will be added to the table, which is how we avoid clashes&lt;br /&gt;
	-- between the frame/parent args and the Lua args.&lt;br /&gt;
	local argTables = {fargs}&lt;br /&gt;
	argTables[#argTables + 1] = pargs&lt;br /&gt;
	argTables[#argTables + 1] = luaArgs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Generate the tidyVal function. If it has been specified by the user, we&lt;br /&gt;
	-- use that; if not, we choose one of four functions depending on the&lt;br /&gt;
	-- options chosen. This is so that we don&#039;t have to call the options table&lt;br /&gt;
	-- every time the function is called.&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	local tidyVal = options.valueFunc&lt;br /&gt;
	if tidyVal then&lt;br /&gt;
		if type(tidyVal) ~= &#039;function&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			error(&lt;br /&gt;
				&amp;quot;bad value assigned to option &#039;valueFunc&#039;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;(function expected, got &#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. type(tidyVal)&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;)&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				2&lt;br /&gt;
			)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif options.trim ~= false then&lt;br /&gt;
		if options.removeBlanks ~= false then&lt;br /&gt;
			tidyVal = tidyValDefault&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			tidyVal = tidyValTrimOnly&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		if options.removeBlanks ~= false then&lt;br /&gt;
			tidyVal = tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			tidyVal = tidyValNoChange&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set up the args, metaArgs and nilArgs tables. args will be the one&lt;br /&gt;
	-- accessed from functions, and metaArgs will hold the actual arguments. Nil&lt;br /&gt;
	-- arguments are memoized in nilArgs, and the metatable connects all of them&lt;br /&gt;
	-- together.&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
	local args, metaArgs, nilArgs, metatable = {}, {}, {}, {}&lt;br /&gt;
	setmetatable(args, metatable)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local function mergeArgs(tables)&lt;br /&gt;
		--[[&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Accepts multiple tables as input and merges their keys and values&lt;br /&gt;
		-- into one table. If a value is already present it is not overwritten;&lt;br /&gt;
		-- tables listed earlier have precedence. We are also memoizing nil&lt;br /&gt;
		-- values, which can be overwritten if they are &#039;s&#039; (soft).&lt;br /&gt;
		--]]&lt;br /&gt;
		for _, t in ipairs(tables) do&lt;br /&gt;
			for key, val in pairs(t) do&lt;br /&gt;
				if metaArgs[key] == nil and nilArgs[key] ~= &#039;h&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
					local tidiedVal = tidyVal(key, val)&lt;br /&gt;
					if tidiedVal == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
						nilArgs[key] = &#039;s&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					else&lt;br /&gt;
						metaArgs[key] = tidiedVal&lt;br /&gt;
					end&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	--[[&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Define metatable behaviour. Arguments are memoized in the metaArgs table,&lt;br /&gt;
	-- and are only fetched from the argument tables once. Fetching arguments&lt;br /&gt;
	-- from the argument tables is the most resource-intensive step in this&lt;br /&gt;
	-- module, so we try and avoid it where possible. For this reason, nil&lt;br /&gt;
	-- arguments are also memoized, in the nilArgs table. Also, we keep a record&lt;br /&gt;
	-- in the metatable of when pairs and ipairs have been called, so we do not&lt;br /&gt;
	-- run pairs and ipairs on the argument tables more than once. We also do&lt;br /&gt;
	-- not run ipairs on fargs and pargs if pairs has already been run, as all&lt;br /&gt;
	-- the arguments will already have been copied over.&lt;br /&gt;
	--]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	metatable.__index = function (t, key)&lt;br /&gt;
		--[[&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Fetches an argument when the args table is indexed. First we check&lt;br /&gt;
		-- to see if the value is memoized, and if not we try and fetch it from&lt;br /&gt;
		-- the argument tables. When we check memoization, we need to check&lt;br /&gt;
		-- metaArgs before nilArgs, as both can be non-nil at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
		-- If the argument is not present in metaArgs, we also check whether&lt;br /&gt;
		-- pairs has been run yet. If pairs has already been run, we return nil.&lt;br /&gt;
		-- This is because all the arguments will have already been copied into&lt;br /&gt;
		-- metaArgs by the mergeArgs function, meaning that any other arguments&lt;br /&gt;
		-- must be nil.&lt;br /&gt;
		--]]&lt;br /&gt;
		if type(key) == &#039;string&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			key = options.translate[key]&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		local val = metaArgs[key]&lt;br /&gt;
		if val ~= nil then&lt;br /&gt;
			return val&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif metatable.donePairs or nilArgs[key] then&lt;br /&gt;
			return nil&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		for _, argTable in ipairs(argTables) do&lt;br /&gt;
			local argTableVal = tidyVal(key, argTable[key])&lt;br /&gt;
			if argTableVal ~= nil then&lt;br /&gt;
				metaArgs[key] = argTableVal&lt;br /&gt;
				return argTableVal&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		nilArgs[key] = &#039;h&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	metatable.__newindex = function (t, key, val)&lt;br /&gt;
		-- This function is called when a module tries to add a new value to the&lt;br /&gt;
		-- args table, or tries to change an existing value.&lt;br /&gt;
		if type(key) == &#039;string&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			key = options.translate[key]&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		if options.readOnly then&lt;br /&gt;
			error(&lt;br /&gt;
				&#039;could not write to argument table key &amp;quot;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. tostring(key)&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;&amp;quot;; the table is read-only&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				2&lt;br /&gt;
			)&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif options.noOverwrite and args[key] ~= nil then&lt;br /&gt;
			error(&lt;br /&gt;
				&#039;could not write to argument table key &amp;quot;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
					.. tostring(key)&lt;br /&gt;
					.. &#039;&amp;quot;; overwriting existing arguments is not permitted&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				2&lt;br /&gt;
			)&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif val == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
			--[[&lt;br /&gt;
			-- If the argument is to be overwritten with nil, we need to erase&lt;br /&gt;
			-- the value in metaArgs, so that __index, __pairs and __ipairs do&lt;br /&gt;
			-- not use a previous existing value, if present; and we also need&lt;br /&gt;
			-- to memoize the nil in nilArgs, so that the value isn&#039;t looked&lt;br /&gt;
			-- up in the argument tables if it is accessed again.&lt;br /&gt;
			--]]&lt;br /&gt;
			metaArgs[key] = nil&lt;br /&gt;
			nilArgs[key] = &#039;h&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			metaArgs[key] = val&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local function translatenext(invariant)&lt;br /&gt;
		local k, v = next(invariant.t, invariant.k)&lt;br /&gt;
		invariant.k = k&lt;br /&gt;
		if k == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
			return nil&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif type(k) ~= &#039;string&#039; or not options.backtranslate then&lt;br /&gt;
			return k, v&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			local backtranslate = options.backtranslate[k]&lt;br /&gt;
			if backtranslate == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
				-- Skip this one. This is a tail call, so this won&#039;t cause stack overflow&lt;br /&gt;
				return translatenext(invariant)&lt;br /&gt;
			else&lt;br /&gt;
				return backtranslate, v&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	metatable.__pairs = function ()&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Called when pairs is run on the args table.&lt;br /&gt;
		if not metatable.donePairs then&lt;br /&gt;
			mergeArgs(argTables)&lt;br /&gt;
			metatable.donePairs = true&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		return translatenext, { t = metaArgs }&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local function inext(t, i)&lt;br /&gt;
		-- This uses our __index metamethod&lt;br /&gt;
		local v = t[i + 1]&lt;br /&gt;
		if v ~= nil then&lt;br /&gt;
			return i + 1, v&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	metatable.__ipairs = function (t)&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Called when ipairs is run on the args table.&lt;br /&gt;
		return inext, t, 0&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return args&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return arguments&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Template:Used_in_system&amp;diff=330</id>
		<title>Template:Used in system</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Template:Used_in_system&amp;diff=330"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{ombox&lt;br /&gt;
| type = content&lt;br /&gt;
| text = &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;This {{lcfirst:{{NAMESPACE}}}} is used {{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|in system messages}}.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; Changes to it can cause immediate changes to the Wikipedia user interface. {{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACENUMBER}}|6||To avoid large-scale disruption, any changes should first be tested in this {{lcfirst:{{NAMESPACE}}}}&#039;s [[{{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
    | doc | sandbox = {{SUBJECTSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
    | #default =      {{SUBJECTPAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
   }}/sandbox|/sandbox]] or [[{{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
    | doc | sandbox = {{SUBJECTSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
    | #default =      {{SUBJECTPAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
   }}/testcases|/testcases]] subpage, or in your own [[Wikipedia:Subpages#How to create user subpages|user space]]. The tested changes can then be added in one single edit to this {{lcfirst:{{NAMESPACE}}}}.}} Please discuss any changes {{#if:{{{2|}}}|at [[{{{2}}}]]|on the [[{{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
    | doc | sandbox = {{TALKSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
    | #default =      {{TALKPAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
   }}|talk page]]}} before implementing them.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;includeonly&amp;gt;{{#switch:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|sandbox|doc=|#default={{#switch:{{#invoke:Effective protection level|{{#switch:{{NAMESPACE}}|File=upload|#default=edit}}|{{FULLPAGENAME}}}}|sysop|templateeditor|interfaceadmin=|#default={{category handler|all=[[Category:Pages used in system messages needing protection]]|nocat={{{nocat|}}}}}}}}}&amp;lt;/includeonly&amp;gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{documentation}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Template:Tl&amp;diff=328</id>
		<title>Template:Tl</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Template:Tl&amp;diff=328"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;amp;#123;&amp;amp;#123;[[Template:{{{1}}}|{{{1}}}]]&amp;amp;#125;&amp;amp;#125;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{documentation}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Template:Tag&amp;diff=326</id>
		<title>Template:Tag</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Template:Tag&amp;diff=326"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;code class=&amp;quot;{{#ifeq:{{{wrap|}}}|yes|wrap|nowrap}}&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;{{#ifeq:{{{style|}}}|plain|border:none;background:transparent;|{{{style|}}}}}&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
 Opening tag&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;{{#switch:{{{2|pair}}}&lt;br /&gt;
  |c|close =&lt;br /&gt;
  |e|empty|s|single|v|void&lt;br /&gt;
  |o|open&lt;br /&gt;
  |p|pair = &amp;amp;lt;{{#if:{{{link|}}}|[[HTML element#{{{1|tag}}}|{{{1|tag}}}]]|{{{1|tag}}}}}{{#if:{{{params|{{{attribs|}}}}}}|&amp;amp;#32;{{{params|{{{attribs}}}}}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
 }}&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
 Content between tags&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;{{#switch:{{{2|pair}}}&lt;br /&gt;
  |c|close = {{{content|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
  |e|empty|s|single|v|void = &amp;amp;#32;&amp;amp;#47;&amp;amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  |o|open = &amp;amp;gt;{{{content|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
  |p|pair = {{#ifeq:{{{1|tag}}}|!--||&amp;amp;gt;}}{{{content|...}}}&lt;br /&gt;
 }}&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
 Closing tag&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;{{#switch:{{{2|pair}}}&lt;br /&gt;
  |e|empty|s|single|v|void&lt;br /&gt;
  |o|open =&lt;br /&gt;
  |c|close&lt;br /&gt;
  |p|pair = {{#ifeq:{{{1|tag}}}|!--|--&amp;amp;gt;|&amp;amp;lt;&amp;amp;#47;{{{1|tag}}}&amp;amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
 }}&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Template:Ombox&amp;diff=324</id>
		<title>Template:Ombox</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Template:Ombox&amp;diff=324"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#invoke:Message box|ombox}}&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{documentation}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Template:Module_rating&amp;diff=322</id>
		<title>Template:Module rating</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Template:Module_rating&amp;diff=322"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;includeonly&amp;gt;{{Module other|{{ombox&lt;br /&gt;
 | type      = notice&lt;br /&gt;
 | image     = {{#switch: {{{1|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
   | pre-alpha | prealpha | pa = [[File:Ambox warning blue construction.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=Pre-alpha]]&lt;br /&gt;
   | alpha | a                 = [[File:Alpha lowercase.svg|26x26px|link=|alt=Alpha]]&lt;br /&gt;
   | beta | b                  = [[File:Greek lc beta.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=Beta]]&lt;br /&gt;
   | release | r | general | g = [[File:Green check.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=Ready for use]]&lt;br /&gt;
   | protected | protect | p   = [[File:{{#switch:{{#invoke:Effective protection level|edit|{{#switch:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|sandbox={{FULLBASEPAGENAME}}|{{FULLPAGENAME}}}}}}|autoconfirmed=Semi|extendedconfirmed=Extended|accountcreator|templateeditor=Template|#default=Full}}-protection-shackle.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=Protected]]&lt;br /&gt;
   | semiprotected | semiprotect | semi =[[File:Semi-protection-shackle.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=Semi-protected]]&lt;br /&gt;
  }}&lt;br /&gt;
 | style     = &lt;br /&gt;
 | textstyle = &lt;br /&gt;
 | text      = {{#switch: {{{1|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
   | pre-alpha | prealpha | pa = This module is rated as [[:Category:Modules in pre-alpha development|pre-alpha]]. It is unfinished, and may or may not be in active development. It should not be used from article namespace pages. Modules remain pre-alpha until the original editor (or someone who takes one over if it is abandoned for some time) is satisfied with the basic structure.&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
   --&amp;gt;{{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|sandbox=&amp;lt;!-- No category for /doc or /sandbox subpages --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       | {{#ifeq: {{{nocat|}}} | true | &amp;lt;!-- No category if user sets nocat=true --&amp;gt; | [[Category:Modules in pre-alpha development|{{PAGENAME}}]] }}&lt;br /&gt;
      }}&lt;br /&gt;
   | alpha | a                 = This module is rated as [[:Category:Modules in alpha|alpha]]. It is ready for third-party input, and may be used on a few pages to see if problems arise, but should be watched. Suggestions for new features or changes in their input and output mechanisms are welcome.&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
   --&amp;gt;{{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|sandbox=&amp;lt;!-- No category for /doc or /sandbox subpages --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       | {{#ifeq: {{{nocat|}}} | true | &amp;lt;!-- No category if user sets nocat=true --&amp;gt; | [[Category:Modules in alpha|{{PAGENAME}}]] }}&lt;br /&gt;
      }}&lt;br /&gt;
   | beta | b                  = This module is rated as [[:Category:Modules in beta|beta]], and is ready for widespread use. It is still new and should be used with some caution to ensure the results are as expected.&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
   --&amp;gt;{{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|sandbox=&amp;lt;!-- No category for /doc or /sandbox subpages --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       | {{#ifeq: {{{nocat|}}} | true | &amp;lt;!-- No category if user sets nocat=true --&amp;gt; | [[Category:Modules in beta|{{PAGENAME}}]] }}&lt;br /&gt;
      }}&lt;br /&gt;
   | release | r | general | g = This module is rated as [[:Category:Modules for general use|ready for general use]]. It has reached a mature form and is thought to be bug-free and ready for use wherever appropriate. It is ready to mention on help pages and other Wikipedia resources as an option for new users to learn. To reduce server load and bad output, it should be improved by [[Wikipedia:Template sandbox and test cases|sandbox testing]] rather than repeated trial-and-error editing.&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
   --&amp;gt;{{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|sandbox=&amp;lt;!-- No category for /doc or /sandbox subpages --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       | {{#ifeq: {{{nocat|}}} | true | &amp;lt;!-- No category if user sets nocat=true --&amp;gt; | [[Category:Modules for general use|{{PAGENAME}}]] }}&lt;br /&gt;
      }}&lt;br /&gt;
   | protected | protect | p   = This module is [[:Category:Modules subject to page protection|subject to page protection]]. It is a [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|highly visible module]] in use by a very large number of pages, or is [[Wikipedia:Substitution|substituted]] very frequently. Because vandalism or mistakes would affect many pages, and even trivial editing might cause substantial load on the servers, it is [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|protected]] from editing.&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
   --&amp;gt;{{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|sandbox=&amp;lt;!-- No category for /doc or /sandbox subpages --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       | {{#ifeq: {{{nocat|}}} | true | &amp;lt;!-- No category if user sets nocat=true --&amp;gt; | [[Category:Modules subject to page protection|{{PAGENAME}}]] }}&lt;br /&gt;
      }}&lt;br /&gt;
   | semiprotected | semiprotect | semi   = This module is [[:Category:Modules subject to page protection|subject to page protection]]. It is a [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|highly visible module]] in use by a very large number of pages, or is [[Wikipedia:Substitution|substituted]] very frequently. Because vandalism or mistakes would affect many pages, and even trivial editing might cause substantial load on the servers, it is [[WP:SEMI|semi-protected]] from editing.&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
   --&amp;gt;{{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|sandbox=&amp;lt;!-- No category for /doc or /sandbox subpages --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       | {{#ifeq: {{{nocat|}}} | true | &amp;lt;!-- No category if user sets nocat=true --&amp;gt; | [[Category:Modules subject to page protection|{{PAGENAME}}]] }}&lt;br /&gt;
      }}&lt;br /&gt;
   | #default                  = {{error|Module rating is invalid or not specified.}}&lt;br /&gt;
  }}&lt;br /&gt;
}}|{{error|Error: {{tl|Module rating}} must be placed in the Module namespace.}} [[Category:Pages with templates in the wrong namespace]]|demospace={{{demospace|&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;module&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;}}}}}&amp;lt;/includeonly&amp;gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{module rating|release|nocat=true|demospace=module}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{documentation}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go in Wikidata. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Template:Module_other&amp;diff=320</id>
		<title>Template:Module other</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Template:Module_other&amp;diff=320"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#switch:&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;!--If no or empty &amp;quot;demospace&amp;quot; parameter then detect namespace--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  {{#if:{{{demospace|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
  | {{lc: {{{demospace}}} }}    &amp;lt;!--Use lower case &amp;quot;demospace&amp;quot;--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  | {{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|{{ns:Module}}&lt;br /&gt;
    | module&lt;br /&gt;
    | other&lt;br /&gt;
    }}&lt;br /&gt;
  }}&lt;br /&gt;
| module = {{{1|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
| other&lt;br /&gt;
| #default = {{{2|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;!--End switch--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{documentation}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, not here! --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Template:High-use&amp;diff=318</id>
		<title>Template:High-use</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Template:High-use&amp;diff=318"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#invoke:High-use|main|1={{{1|}}}|2={{{2|}}}|all-pages={{{all-pages|}}}|info={{{info|}}}|demo={{{demo|}}}|form={{{form|}}}|expiry={{{expiry|}}}}}&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage; interwiki links go to Wikidata, thank you! --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Yesno&amp;diff=316</id>
		<title>Module:Yesno</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Yesno&amp;diff=316"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;-- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input.&lt;br /&gt;
-- It works similarly to the template {{yesno}}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return function (val, default)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- If your wiki uses non-ascii characters for any of &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;no&amp;quot;, etc., you&lt;br /&gt;
	-- should replace &amp;quot;val:lower()&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;mw.ustring.lower(val)&amp;quot; in the&lt;br /&gt;
	-- following line.&lt;br /&gt;
	val = type(val) == &#039;string&#039; and val:lower() or val&lt;br /&gt;
	if val == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif val == true &lt;br /&gt;
		or val == &#039;yes&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		or val == &#039;y&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		or val == &#039;true&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		or val == &#039;t&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		or val == &#039;on&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		or tonumber(val) == 1&lt;br /&gt;
	then&lt;br /&gt;
		return true&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif val == false&lt;br /&gt;
		or val == &#039;no&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		or val == &#039;n&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		or val == &#039;false&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		or val == &#039;f&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		or val == &#039;off&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		or tonumber(val) == 0&lt;br /&gt;
	then&lt;br /&gt;
		return false&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return default&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Category_handler&amp;diff=314</id>
		<title>Module:Category handler</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Category_handler&amp;diff=314"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--                                                                            --&lt;br /&gt;
--                              CATEGORY HANDLER                              --&lt;br /&gt;
--                                                                            --&lt;br /&gt;
--      This module implements the {{category handler}} template in Lua,      --&lt;br /&gt;
--      with a few improvements: all namespaces and all namespace aliases     --&lt;br /&gt;
--      are supported, and namespace names are detected automatically for     --&lt;br /&gt;
--      the local wiki. This module requires [[Module:Namespace detect]]      --&lt;br /&gt;
--      and [[Module:Yesno]] to be available on the local wiki. It can be     --&lt;br /&gt;
--      configured for different wikis by altering the values in              --&lt;br /&gt;
--      [[Module:Category handler/config]], and pages can be blacklisted      --&lt;br /&gt;
--      from categorisation by using [[Module:Category handler/blacklist]].   --&lt;br /&gt;
--                                                                            --&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Load required modules&lt;br /&gt;
local yesno = require(&#039;Module:Yesno&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Lazily load things we don&#039;t always need&lt;br /&gt;
local mShared, mappings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local p = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Helper functions&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function trimWhitespace(s, removeBlanks)&lt;br /&gt;
	if type(s) ~= &#039;string&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return s&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	s = s:match(&#039;^%s*(.-)%s*$&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	if removeBlanks then&lt;br /&gt;
		if s ~= &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			return s&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			return nil&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		return s&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- CategoryHandler class&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local CategoryHandler = {}&lt;br /&gt;
CategoryHandler.__index = CategoryHandler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function CategoryHandler.new(data, args)&lt;br /&gt;
	local obj = setmetatable({ _data = data, _args = args }, CategoryHandler)&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set the title object&lt;br /&gt;
	do&lt;br /&gt;
		local pagename = obj:parameter(&#039;demopage&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		local success, titleObj&lt;br /&gt;
		if pagename then&lt;br /&gt;
			success, titleObj = pcall(mw.title.new, pagename)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		if success and titleObj then&lt;br /&gt;
			obj.title = titleObj&lt;br /&gt;
			if titleObj == mw.title.getCurrentTitle() then&lt;br /&gt;
				obj._usesCurrentTitle = true&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			obj.title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()&lt;br /&gt;
			obj._usesCurrentTitle = true&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set suppression parameter values&lt;br /&gt;
	for _, key in ipairs{&#039;nocat&#039;, &#039;categories&#039;} do&lt;br /&gt;
		local value = obj:parameter(key)&lt;br /&gt;
		value = trimWhitespace(value, true)&lt;br /&gt;
		obj[&#039;_&#039; .. key] = yesno(value)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	do&lt;br /&gt;
		local subpage = obj:parameter(&#039;subpage&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		local category2 = obj:parameter(&#039;category2&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		if type(subpage) == &#039;string&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			subpage = mw.ustring.lower(subpage)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		if type(category2) == &#039;string&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			subpage = mw.ustring.lower(category2)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		obj._subpage = trimWhitespace(subpage, true)&lt;br /&gt;
		obj._category2 = trimWhitespace(category2) -- don&#039;t remove blank values&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return obj&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function CategoryHandler:parameter(key)&lt;br /&gt;
	local parameterNames = self._data.parameters[key]&lt;br /&gt;
	local pntype = type(parameterNames)&lt;br /&gt;
	if pntype == &#039;string&#039; or pntype == &#039;number&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		return self._args[parameterNames]&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif pntype == &#039;table&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		for _, name in ipairs(parameterNames) do&lt;br /&gt;
			local value = self._args[name]&lt;br /&gt;
			if value ~= nil then&lt;br /&gt;
				return value&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		error(string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
			&#039;invalid config key &amp;quot;%s&amp;quot;&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
			tostring(key)&lt;br /&gt;
		), 2)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function CategoryHandler:isSuppressedByArguments()&lt;br /&gt;
	return&lt;br /&gt;
		-- See if a category suppression argument has been set.&lt;br /&gt;
		self._nocat == true&lt;br /&gt;
		or self._categories == false&lt;br /&gt;
		or (&lt;br /&gt;
			self._category2&lt;br /&gt;
			and self._category2 ~= self._data.category2Yes&lt;br /&gt;
			and self._category2 ~= self._data.category2Negative&lt;br /&gt;
		)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Check whether we are on a subpage, and see if categories are&lt;br /&gt;
		-- suppressed based on our subpage status.&lt;br /&gt;
		or self._subpage == self._data.subpageNo and self.title.isSubpage&lt;br /&gt;
		or self._subpage == self._data.subpageOnly and not self.title.isSubpage&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function CategoryHandler:shouldSkipBlacklistCheck()&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Check whether the category suppression arguments indicate we&lt;br /&gt;
	-- should skip the blacklist check.&lt;br /&gt;
	return self._nocat == false&lt;br /&gt;
		or self._categories == true&lt;br /&gt;
		or self._category2 == self._data.category2Yes&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function CategoryHandler:matchesBlacklist()&lt;br /&gt;
	if self._usesCurrentTitle then&lt;br /&gt;
		return self._data.currentTitleMatchesBlacklist&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		mShared = mShared or require(&#039;Module:Category handler/shared&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		return mShared.matchesBlacklist(&lt;br /&gt;
			self.title.prefixedText,&lt;br /&gt;
			mw.loadData(&#039;Module:Category handler/blacklist&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function CategoryHandler:isSuppressed()&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Find if categories are suppressed by either the arguments or by&lt;br /&gt;
	-- matching the blacklist.&lt;br /&gt;
	return self:isSuppressedByArguments()&lt;br /&gt;
		or not self:shouldSkipBlacklistCheck() and self:matchesBlacklist()&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function CategoryHandler:getNamespaceParameters()&lt;br /&gt;
	if self._usesCurrentTitle then&lt;br /&gt;
		return self._data.currentTitleNamespaceParameters&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		if not mappings then&lt;br /&gt;
			mShared = mShared or require(&#039;Module:Category handler/shared&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			mappings = mShared.getParamMappings(true) -- gets mappings with mw.loadData&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		return mShared.getNamespaceParameters(&lt;br /&gt;
			self.title,&lt;br /&gt;
			mappings&lt;br /&gt;
		)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function CategoryHandler:namespaceParametersExist()&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Find whether any namespace parameters have been specified.&lt;br /&gt;
	-- We use the order &amp;quot;all&amp;quot; --&amp;gt; namespace params --&amp;gt; &amp;quot;other&amp;quot; as this is what&lt;br /&gt;
	-- the old template did.&lt;br /&gt;
	if self:parameter(&#039;all&#039;) then&lt;br /&gt;
		return true&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if not mappings then&lt;br /&gt;
		mShared = mShared or require(&#039;Module:Category handler/shared&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		mappings = mShared.getParamMappings(true) -- gets mappings with mw.loadData&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	for ns, params in pairs(mappings) do&lt;br /&gt;
		for i, param in ipairs(params) do&lt;br /&gt;
			if self._args[param] then&lt;br /&gt;
				return true&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if self:parameter(&#039;other&#039;) then&lt;br /&gt;
		return true&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return false&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function CategoryHandler:getCategories()&lt;br /&gt;
	local params = self:getNamespaceParameters()&lt;br /&gt;
	local nsCategory&lt;br /&gt;
	for i, param in ipairs(params) do&lt;br /&gt;
		local value = self._args[param]&lt;br /&gt;
		if value ~= nil then&lt;br /&gt;
			nsCategory = value&lt;br /&gt;
			break&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if nsCategory ~= nil or self:namespaceParametersExist() then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Namespace parameters exist - advanced usage.&lt;br /&gt;
		if nsCategory == nil then&lt;br /&gt;
			nsCategory = self:parameter(&#039;other&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		local ret = {self:parameter(&#039;all&#039;)}&lt;br /&gt;
		local numParam = tonumber(nsCategory)&lt;br /&gt;
		if numParam and numParam &amp;gt;= 1 and math.floor(numParam) == numParam then&lt;br /&gt;
			-- nsCategory is an integer&lt;br /&gt;
			ret[#ret + 1] = self._args[numParam]&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			ret[#ret + 1] = nsCategory&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		if #ret &amp;lt; 1 then&lt;br /&gt;
			return nil&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			return table.concat(ret)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif self._data.defaultNamespaces[self.title.namespace] then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Namespace parameters don&#039;t exist, simple usage.&lt;br /&gt;
		return self._args[1]&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return nil&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Exports&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local p = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p._exportClasses()&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Used for testing purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
	return {&lt;br /&gt;
		CategoryHandler = CategoryHandler&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p._main(args, data)&lt;br /&gt;
	data = data or mw.loadData(&#039;Module:Category handler/data&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	local handler = CategoryHandler.new(data, args)&lt;br /&gt;
	if handler:isSuppressed() then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return handler:getCategories()&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.main(frame, data)&lt;br /&gt;
	data = data or mw.loadData(&#039;Module:Category handler/data&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	local args = require(&#039;Module:Arguments&#039;).getArgs(frame, {&lt;br /&gt;
		wrappers = data.wrappers,&lt;br /&gt;
		valueFunc = function (k, v)&lt;br /&gt;
			v = trimWhitespace(v)&lt;br /&gt;
			if type(k) == &#039;number&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
				if v ~= &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
					return v&lt;br /&gt;
				else&lt;br /&gt;
					return nil&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
			else&lt;br /&gt;
				return v&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	})&lt;br /&gt;
	return p._main(args, data)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return p&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:No_globals&amp;diff=312</id>
		<title>Module:No globals</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:No_globals&amp;diff=312"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;local mt = getmetatable(_G) or {}&lt;br /&gt;
function mt.__index (t, k)&lt;br /&gt;
	if k ~= &#039;arg&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		error(&#039;Tried to read nil global &#039; .. tostring(k), 2)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	return nil&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
function mt.__newindex(t, k, v)&lt;br /&gt;
	if k ~= &#039;arg&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
		error(&#039;Tried to write global &#039; .. tostring(k), 2)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	rawset(t, k, v)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
setmetatable(_G, mt)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Message_box/configuration&amp;diff=310</id>
		<title>Module:Message box/configuration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Message_box/configuration&amp;diff=310"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
--                          Message box configuration                         --&lt;br /&gt;
--                                                                            --&lt;br /&gt;
-- This module contains configuration data for [[Module:Message box]].        --&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return {&lt;br /&gt;
	ambox = {&lt;br /&gt;
		types = {&lt;br /&gt;
			speedy = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;ambox-speedy&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox warning pn.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			delete = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;ambox-delete&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox warning pn.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			content = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;ambox-content&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox important.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			style = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;ambox-style&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Edit-clear.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			move = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;ambox-move&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Merge-split-transwiki default.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			protection = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;ambox-protection&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			notice = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;ambox-notice&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Information icon4.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			}&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		default                     = &#039;notice&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		allowBlankParams            = {&#039;talk&#039;, &#039;sect&#039;, &#039;date&#039;, &#039;issue&#039;, &#039;fix&#039;, &#039;subst&#039;, &#039;hidden&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
		allowSmall                  = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		smallParam                  = &#039;left&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		smallClass                  = &#039;mbox-small-left&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		substCheck                  = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		classes                     = {&#039;metadata&#039;, &#039;ambox&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
		imageEmptyCell              = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		imageCheckBlank             = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		imageSmallSize              = &#039;20x20px&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		imageCellDiv                = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		useCollapsibleTextFields    = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		imageRightNone              = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		sectionDefault              = &#039;article&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		allowMainspaceCategories    = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		templateCategory            = &#039;Article message templates&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
	        templateCategoryRequireName = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		templateErrorCategory       = &#039;Article message templates with missing parameters&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		templateErrorParamsToCheck  = {&#039;issue&#039;, &#039;fix&#039;, &#039;subst&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
		removalNotice               = &#039;[[Help:Maintenance template removal|Learn how and when to remove this template message]]&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	cmbox = {&lt;br /&gt;
		types = {&lt;br /&gt;
			speedy = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;cmbox-speedy&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox warning pn.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			delete = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;cmbox-delete&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox warning pn.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			content = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;cmbox-content&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox important.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			style = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;cmbox-style&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Edit-clear.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			move = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;cmbox-move&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Merge-split-transwiki default.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			protection = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;cmbox-protection&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			notice = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;cmbox-notice&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Information icon4.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			}&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		default              = &#039;notice&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		showInvalidTypeError = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		classes              = {&#039;cmbox&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
		imageEmptyCell       = true&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	fmbox = {&lt;br /&gt;
		types = {&lt;br /&gt;
			warning = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;fmbox-warning&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox warning pn.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			editnotice = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;fmbox-editnotice&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Information icon4.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			system = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;fmbox-system&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Information icon4.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			}&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		default              = &#039;system&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		showInvalidTypeError = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		classes              = {&#039;fmbox&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
		imageEmptyCell       = false,&lt;br /&gt;
		imageRightNone       = false&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	imbox = {&lt;br /&gt;
		types = {&lt;br /&gt;
			speedy = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;imbox-speedy&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox warning pn.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			delete = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;imbox-delete&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox warning pn.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			content = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;imbox-content&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox important.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			style = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;imbox-style&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Edit-clear.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			move = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;imbox-move&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Merge-split-transwiki default.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			protection = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;imbox-protection&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			license = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;imbox-license licensetpl&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Imbox license.png&#039; -- @todo We need an SVG version of this&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			featured = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;imbox-featured&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Cscr-featured.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			notice = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;imbox-notice&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Information icon4.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			}&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		default              = &#039;notice&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		showInvalidTypeError = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		classes              = {&#039;imbox&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
		imageEmptyCell       = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		below                = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		templateCategory     = &#039;File message boxes&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	ombox = {&lt;br /&gt;
		types = {&lt;br /&gt;
			speedy = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;ombox-speedy&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox warning pn.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			delete = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;ombox-delete&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox warning pn.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			content = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;ombox-content&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox important.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			style = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;ombox-style&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Edit-clear.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			move = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;ombox-move&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Merge-split-transwiki default.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			protection = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;ombox-protection&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			notice = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;ombox-notice&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Information icon4.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			}&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		default              = &#039;notice&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		showInvalidTypeError = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		classes              = {&#039;ombox&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
		allowSmall           = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		imageEmptyCell       = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		imageRightNone       = true&lt;br /&gt;
	},&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	tmbox = {&lt;br /&gt;
		types = {&lt;br /&gt;
			speedy = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;tmbox-speedy&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox warning pn.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			delete = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;tmbox-delete&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox warning pn.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			content = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;tmbox-content&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Ambox important.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			style = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;tmbox-style&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Edit-clear.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			move = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;tmbox-move&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Merge-split-transwiki default.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			protection = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;tmbox-protection&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			},&lt;br /&gt;
			notice = {&lt;br /&gt;
				class = &#039;tmbox-notice&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				image = &#039;Information icon4.svg&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			}&lt;br /&gt;
		},&lt;br /&gt;
		default              = &#039;notice&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
		showInvalidTypeError = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		classes              = {&#039;tmbox&#039;},&lt;br /&gt;
		allowSmall           = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		imageRightNone       = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		imageEmptyCell       = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		imageEmptyCellStyle  = true,&lt;br /&gt;
		templateCategory     = &#039;Talk message boxes&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Message_box&amp;diff=308</id>
		<title>Module:Message box</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.geministation.com/index.php?title=Module:Message_box&amp;diff=308"/>
		<updated>2019-12-19T19:01:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Myriad jon: 1 revision imported&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;-- This is a meta-module for producing message box templates, including&lt;br /&gt;
-- {{mbox}}, {{ambox}}, {{imbox}}, {{tmbox}}, {{ombox}}, {{cmbox}} and {{fmbox}}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Load necessary modules.&lt;br /&gt;
require(&#039;Module:No globals&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
local getArgs&lt;br /&gt;
local yesno = require(&#039;Module:Yesno&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Get a language object for formatDate and ucfirst.&lt;br /&gt;
local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-- Define constants&lt;br /&gt;
local CONFIG_MODULE = &#039;Module:Message box/configuration&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
local DEMOSPACES = {talk = &#039;tmbox&#039;, image = &#039;imbox&#039;, file = &#039;imbox&#039;, category = &#039;cmbox&#039;, article = &#039;ambox&#039;, main = &#039;ambox&#039;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Helper functions&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function getTitleObject(...)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Get the title object, passing the function through pcall&lt;br /&gt;
	-- in case we are over the expensive function count limit.&lt;br /&gt;
	local success, title = pcall(mw.title.new, ...)&lt;br /&gt;
	if success then&lt;br /&gt;
		return title&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function union(t1, t2)&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Returns the union of two arrays.&lt;br /&gt;
	local vals = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for i, v in ipairs(t1) do&lt;br /&gt;
		vals[v] = true&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	for i, v in ipairs(t2) do&lt;br /&gt;
		vals[v] = true&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	local ret = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for k in pairs(vals) do&lt;br /&gt;
		table.insert(ret, k)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	table.sort(ret)&lt;br /&gt;
	return ret&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local function getArgNums(args, prefix)&lt;br /&gt;
	local nums = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for k, v in pairs(args) do&lt;br /&gt;
		local num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), &#039;^&#039; .. prefix .. &#039;([1-9]%d*)$&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		if num then&lt;br /&gt;
			table.insert(nums, tonumber(num))&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	table.sort(nums)&lt;br /&gt;
	return nums&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Box class definition&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local MessageBox = {}&lt;br /&gt;
MessageBox.__index = MessageBox&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfg)&lt;br /&gt;
	args = args or {}&lt;br /&gt;
	local obj = {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set the title object and the namespace.&lt;br /&gt;
	obj.title = getTitleObject(args.page) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set the config for our box type.&lt;br /&gt;
	obj.cfg = cfg[boxType]&lt;br /&gt;
	if not obj.cfg then&lt;br /&gt;
		local ns = obj.title.namespace&lt;br /&gt;
		-- boxType is &amp;quot;mbox&amp;quot; or invalid input&lt;br /&gt;
		if args.demospace and args.demospace ~= &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			-- implement demospace parameter of mbox&lt;br /&gt;
			local demospace = string.lower(args.demospace)&lt;br /&gt;
			if DEMOSPACES[demospace] then&lt;br /&gt;
				-- use template from DEMOSPACES&lt;br /&gt;
				obj.cfg = cfg[DEMOSPACES[demospace]]&lt;br /&gt;
			elseif string.find( demospace, &#039;talk&#039; ) then&lt;br /&gt;
				-- demo as a talk page&lt;br /&gt;
				obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox&lt;br /&gt;
			else&lt;br /&gt;
				-- default to ombox&lt;br /&gt;
				obj.cfg = cfg.ombox&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif ns == 0 then&lt;br /&gt;
			obj.cfg = cfg.ambox -- main namespace&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif ns == 6 then&lt;br /&gt;
			obj.cfg = cfg.imbox -- file namespace&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif ns == 14 then&lt;br /&gt;
			obj.cfg = cfg.cmbox -- category namespace&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[ns]&lt;br /&gt;
			if nsTable and nsTable.isTalk then&lt;br /&gt;
				obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox -- any talk namespace&lt;br /&gt;
			else&lt;br /&gt;
				obj.cfg = cfg.ombox -- other namespaces or invalid input&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set the arguments, and remove all blank arguments except for the ones&lt;br /&gt;
	-- listed in cfg.allowBlankParams.&lt;br /&gt;
	do&lt;br /&gt;
		local newArgs = {}&lt;br /&gt;
		for k, v in pairs(args) do&lt;br /&gt;
			if v ~= &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
				newArgs[k] = v&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		for i, param in ipairs(obj.cfg.allowBlankParams or {}) do&lt;br /&gt;
			newArgs[param] = args[param]&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		obj.args = newArgs&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Define internal data structure.&lt;br /&gt;
	obj.categories = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	obj.classes = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	-- For lazy loading of [[Module:Category handler]].&lt;br /&gt;
	obj.hasCategories = false&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return setmetatable(obj, MessageBox)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function MessageBox:addCat(ns, cat, sort)&lt;br /&gt;
	if not cat then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if sort then&lt;br /&gt;
		cat = string.format(&#039;[[Category:%s|%s]]&#039;, cat, sort)&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		cat = string.format(&#039;[[Category:%s]]&#039;, cat)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	self.hasCategories = true&lt;br /&gt;
	self.categories[ns] = self.categories[ns] or {}&lt;br /&gt;
	table.insert(self.categories[ns], cat)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function MessageBox:addClass(class)&lt;br /&gt;
	if not class then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	table.insert(self.classes, class)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function MessageBox:setParameters()&lt;br /&gt;
	local args = self.args&lt;br /&gt;
	local cfg = self.cfg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Get type data.&lt;br /&gt;
	self.type = args.type&lt;br /&gt;
	local typeData = cfg.types[self.type]&lt;br /&gt;
	self.invalidTypeError = cfg.showInvalidTypeError&lt;br /&gt;
		and self.type&lt;br /&gt;
		and not typeData&lt;br /&gt;
	typeData = typeData or cfg.types[cfg.default]&lt;br /&gt;
	self.typeClass = typeData.class&lt;br /&gt;
	self.typeImage = typeData.image&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Find if the box has been wrongly substituted.&lt;br /&gt;
	self.isSubstituted = cfg.substCheck and args.subst == &#039;SUBST&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Find whether we are using a small message box.&lt;br /&gt;
	self.isSmall = cfg.allowSmall and (&lt;br /&gt;
		cfg.smallParam and args.small == cfg.smallParam&lt;br /&gt;
		or not cfg.smallParam and yesno(args.small)&lt;br /&gt;
	)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Add attributes, classes and styles.&lt;br /&gt;
	self.id = args.id&lt;br /&gt;
	self.name = args.name&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.name then&lt;br /&gt;
		self:addClass(&#039;box-&#039; .. string.gsub(self.name,&#039; &#039;,&#039;_&#039;))&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if yesno(args.plainlinks) ~= false then&lt;br /&gt;
		self:addClass(&#039;plainlinks&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	for _, class in ipairs(cfg.classes or {}) do&lt;br /&gt;
		self:addClass(class)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.isSmall then&lt;br /&gt;
		self:addClass(cfg.smallClass or &#039;mbox-small&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	self:addClass(self.typeClass)&lt;br /&gt;
	self:addClass(args.class)&lt;br /&gt;
	self.style = args.style&lt;br /&gt;
	self.attrs = args.attrs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set text style.&lt;br /&gt;
	self.textstyle = args.textstyle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Find if we are on the template page or not. This functionality is only&lt;br /&gt;
	-- used if useCollapsibleTextFields is set, or if both cfg.templateCategory&lt;br /&gt;
	-- and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName are set.&lt;br /&gt;
	self.useCollapsibleTextFields = cfg.useCollapsibleTextFields&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.useCollapsibleTextFields&lt;br /&gt;
		or cfg.templateCategory&lt;br /&gt;
		and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName&lt;br /&gt;
	then&lt;br /&gt;
		if self.name then&lt;br /&gt;
			local templateName = mw.ustring.match(&lt;br /&gt;
				self.name,&lt;br /&gt;
				&#039;^[tT][eE][mM][pP][lL][aA][tT][eE][%s_]*:[%s_]*(.*)$&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			) or self.name&lt;br /&gt;
			templateName = &#039;Template:&#039; .. templateName&lt;br /&gt;
			self.templateTitle = getTitleObject(templateName)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		self.isTemplatePage = self.templateTitle&lt;br /&gt;
			and mw.title.equals(self.title, self.templateTitle)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Process data for collapsible text fields. At the moment these are only&lt;br /&gt;
	-- used in {{ambox}}.&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Get the self.issue value.&lt;br /&gt;
		if self.isSmall and args.smalltext then&lt;br /&gt;
			self.issue = args.smalltext&lt;br /&gt;
		else&lt;br /&gt;
			local sect&lt;br /&gt;
			if args.sect == &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
				sect = &#039;This &#039; .. (cfg.sectionDefault or &#039;page&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			elseif type(args.sect) == &#039;string&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
				sect = &#039;This &#039; .. args.sect&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
			local issue = args.issue&lt;br /&gt;
			issue = type(issue) == &#039;string&#039; and issue ~= &#039;&#039; and issue or nil&lt;br /&gt;
			local text = args.text&lt;br /&gt;
			text = type(text) == &#039;string&#039; and text or nil&lt;br /&gt;
			local issues = {}&lt;br /&gt;
			table.insert(issues, sect)&lt;br /&gt;
			table.insert(issues, issue)&lt;br /&gt;
			table.insert(issues, text)&lt;br /&gt;
			self.issue = table.concat(issues, &#039; &#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Get the self.talk value.&lt;br /&gt;
		local talk = args.talk&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Show talk links on the template page or template subpages if the talk&lt;br /&gt;
		-- parameter is blank.&lt;br /&gt;
		if talk == &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			and self.templateTitle&lt;br /&gt;
			and (&lt;br /&gt;
				mw.title.equals(self.templateTitle, self.title)&lt;br /&gt;
				or self.title:isSubpageOf(self.templateTitle)&lt;br /&gt;
			)&lt;br /&gt;
		then&lt;br /&gt;
			talk = &#039;#&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif talk == &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			talk = nil&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		if talk then&lt;br /&gt;
			-- If the talk value is a talk page, make a link to that page. Else&lt;br /&gt;
			-- assume that it&#039;s a section heading, and make a link to the talk&lt;br /&gt;
			-- page of the current page with that section heading.&lt;br /&gt;
			local talkTitle = getTitleObject(talk)&lt;br /&gt;
			local talkArgIsTalkPage = true&lt;br /&gt;
			if not talkTitle or not talkTitle.isTalkPage then&lt;br /&gt;
				talkArgIsTalkPage = false&lt;br /&gt;
				talkTitle = getTitleObject(&lt;br /&gt;
					self.title.text,&lt;br /&gt;
					mw.site.namespaces[self.title.namespace].talk.id&lt;br /&gt;
				)&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
			if talkTitle and talkTitle.exists then&lt;br /&gt;
				local talkText = &#039;Relevant discussion may be found on&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
				if talkArgIsTalkPage then&lt;br /&gt;
					talkText = string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
						&#039;%s [[%s|%s]].&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
						talkText,&lt;br /&gt;
						talk,&lt;br /&gt;
						talkTitle.prefixedText&lt;br /&gt;
					)&lt;br /&gt;
				else&lt;br /&gt;
					talkText = string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
						&#039;%s the [[%s#%s|talk page]].&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
						talkText,&lt;br /&gt;
						talkTitle.prefixedText,&lt;br /&gt;
						talk&lt;br /&gt;
					)&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
				self.talk = talkText&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Get other values.&lt;br /&gt;
		self.fix = args.fix ~= &#039;&#039; and args.fix or nil&lt;br /&gt;
		local date&lt;br /&gt;
		if args.date and args.date ~= &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			date = args.date&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif args.date == &#039;&#039; and self.isTemplatePage then&lt;br /&gt;
			date = lang:formatDate(&#039;F Y&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		if date then&lt;br /&gt;
			self.date = string.format(&amp;quot; &amp;lt;small class=&#039;date-container&#039;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;(&amp;lt;span class=&#039;date&#039;&amp;gt;%s&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;quot;, date)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		self.info = args.info&lt;br /&gt;
		if yesno(args.removalnotice) then&lt;br /&gt;
			self.removalNotice = cfg.removalNotice&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set the non-collapsible text field. At the moment this is used by all box&lt;br /&gt;
	-- types other than ambox, and also by ambox when small=yes.&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.isSmall then&lt;br /&gt;
		self.text = args.smalltext or args.text&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		self.text = args.text&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set the below row.&lt;br /&gt;
	self.below = cfg.below and args.below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- General image settings.&lt;br /&gt;
	self.imageCellDiv = not self.isSmall and cfg.imageCellDiv&lt;br /&gt;
	self.imageEmptyCell = cfg.imageEmptyCell&lt;br /&gt;
	if cfg.imageEmptyCellStyle then&lt;br /&gt;
		self.imageEmptyCellStyle = &#039;border:none;padding:0px;width:1px&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Left image settings.&lt;br /&gt;
	local imageLeft = self.isSmall and args.smallimage or args.image&lt;br /&gt;
	if cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= &#039;blank&#039; and imageLeft ~= &#039;none&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
		or not cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= &#039;none&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	then&lt;br /&gt;
		self.imageLeft = imageLeft&lt;br /&gt;
		if not imageLeft then&lt;br /&gt;
			local imageSize = self.isSmall&lt;br /&gt;
				and (cfg.imageSmallSize or &#039;30x30px&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
				or &#039;40x40px&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			self.imageLeft = string.format(&#039;[[File:%s|%s|link=|alt=]]&#039;, self.typeImage&lt;br /&gt;
				or &#039;Imbox notice.png&#039;, imageSize)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Right image settings.&lt;br /&gt;
	local imageRight = self.isSmall and args.smallimageright or args.imageright&lt;br /&gt;
	if not (cfg.imageRightNone and imageRight == &#039;none&#039;) then&lt;br /&gt;
		self.imageRight = imageRight&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function MessageBox:setMainspaceCategories()&lt;br /&gt;
	local args = self.args&lt;br /&gt;
	local cfg = self.cfg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	if not cfg.allowMainspaceCategories then&lt;br /&gt;
		return nil&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	local nums = {}&lt;br /&gt;
	for _, prefix in ipairs{&#039;cat&#039;, &#039;category&#039;, &#039;all&#039;} do&lt;br /&gt;
		args[prefix .. &#039;1&#039;] = args[prefix]&lt;br /&gt;
		nums = union(nums, getArgNums(args, prefix))&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- The following is roughly equivalent to the old {{Ambox/category}}.&lt;br /&gt;
	local date = args.date&lt;br /&gt;
	date = type(date) == &#039;string&#039; and date&lt;br /&gt;
	local preposition = &#039;from&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	for _, num in ipairs(nums) do&lt;br /&gt;
		local mainCat = args[&#039;cat&#039; .. tostring(num)]&lt;br /&gt;
			or args[&#039;category&#039; .. tostring(num)]&lt;br /&gt;
		local allCat = args[&#039;all&#039; .. tostring(num)]&lt;br /&gt;
		mainCat = type(mainCat) == &#039;string&#039; and mainCat&lt;br /&gt;
		allCat = type(allCat) == &#039;string&#039; and allCat&lt;br /&gt;
		if mainCat and date and date ~= &#039;&#039; then&lt;br /&gt;
			local catTitle = string.format(&#039;%s %s %s&#039;, mainCat, preposition, date)&lt;br /&gt;
			self:addCat(0, catTitle)&lt;br /&gt;
			catTitle = getTitleObject(&#039;Category:&#039; .. catTitle)&lt;br /&gt;
			if not catTitle or not catTitle.exists then&lt;br /&gt;
				self:addCat(0, &#039;Articles with invalid date parameter in template&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif mainCat and (not date or date == &#039;&#039;) then&lt;br /&gt;
			self:addCat(0, mainCat)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		if allCat then&lt;br /&gt;
			self:addCat(0, allCat)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function MessageBox:setTemplateCategories()&lt;br /&gt;
	local args = self.args&lt;br /&gt;
	local cfg = self.cfg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Add template categories.&lt;br /&gt;
	if cfg.templateCategory then&lt;br /&gt;
		if cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then&lt;br /&gt;
			if self.isTemplatePage then&lt;br /&gt;
				self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory)&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif not self.title.isSubpage then&lt;br /&gt;
			self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Add template error categories.&lt;br /&gt;
	if cfg.templateErrorCategory then&lt;br /&gt;
		local templateErrorCategory = cfg.templateErrorCategory&lt;br /&gt;
		local templateCat, templateSort&lt;br /&gt;
		if not self.name and not self.title.isSubpage then&lt;br /&gt;
			templateCat = templateErrorCategory&lt;br /&gt;
		elseif self.isTemplatePage then&lt;br /&gt;
			local paramsToCheck = cfg.templateErrorParamsToCheck or {}&lt;br /&gt;
			local count = 0&lt;br /&gt;
			for i, param in ipairs(paramsToCheck) do&lt;br /&gt;
				if not args[param] then&lt;br /&gt;
					count = count + 1&lt;br /&gt;
				end&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
			if count &amp;gt; 0 then&lt;br /&gt;
				templateCat = templateErrorCategory&lt;br /&gt;
				templateSort = tostring(count)&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
			if self.categoryNums and #self.categoryNums &amp;gt; 0 then&lt;br /&gt;
				templateCat = templateErrorCategory&lt;br /&gt;
				templateSort = &#039;C&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			end&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		self:addCat(10, templateCat, templateSort)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function MessageBox:setAllNamespaceCategories()&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Set categories for all namespaces.&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.invalidTypeError then&lt;br /&gt;
		local allSort = (self.title.namespace == 0 and &#039;Main:&#039; or &#039;&#039;) .. self.title.prefixedText&lt;br /&gt;
		self:addCat(&#039;all&#039;, &#039;Wikipedia message box parameter needs fixing&#039;, allSort)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.isSubstituted then&lt;br /&gt;
		self:addCat(&#039;all&#039;, &#039;Pages with incorrectly substituted templates&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function MessageBox:setCategories()&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.title.namespace == 0 then&lt;br /&gt;
		self:setMainspaceCategories()&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif self.title.namespace == 10 then&lt;br /&gt;
		self:setTemplateCategories()&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	self:setAllNamespaceCategories()&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function MessageBox:renderCategories()&lt;br /&gt;
	if not self.hasCategories then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- No categories added, no need to pass them to Category handler so,&lt;br /&gt;
		-- if it was invoked, it would return the empty string.&lt;br /&gt;
		-- So we shortcut and return the empty string.&lt;br /&gt;
		return &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Convert category tables to strings and pass them through&lt;br /&gt;
	-- [[Module:Category handler]].&lt;br /&gt;
	return require(&#039;Module:Category handler&#039;)._main{&lt;br /&gt;
		main = table.concat(self.categories[0] or {}),&lt;br /&gt;
		template = table.concat(self.categories[10] or {}),&lt;br /&gt;
		all = table.concat(self.categories.all or {}),&lt;br /&gt;
		nocat = self.args.nocat,&lt;br /&gt;
		page = self.args.page&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function MessageBox:export()&lt;br /&gt;
	local root = mw.html.create()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Add the subst check error.&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.isSubstituted and self.name then&lt;br /&gt;
		root:tag(&#039;b&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			:addClass(&#039;error&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			:wikitext(string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
				&#039;Template &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;%s[[Template:%s|%s]]%s&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been incorrectly substituted.&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				mw.text.nowiki(&#039;{{&#039;), self.name, self.name, mw.text.nowiki(&#039;}}&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			))&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Create the box table.&lt;br /&gt;
	local boxTable = root:tag(&#039;table&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	boxTable:attr(&#039;id&#039;, self.id or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
	for i, class in ipairs(self.classes or {}) do&lt;br /&gt;
		boxTable:addClass(class or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
	boxTable&lt;br /&gt;
		:cssText(self.style or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
		:attr(&#039;role&#039;, &#039;presentation&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.attrs then&lt;br /&gt;
		boxTable:attr(self.attrs)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Add the left-hand image.&lt;br /&gt;
	local row = boxTable:tag(&#039;tr&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.imageLeft then&lt;br /&gt;
		local imageLeftCell = row:tag(&#039;td&#039;):addClass(&#039;mbox-image&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		if self.imageCellDiv then&lt;br /&gt;
			-- If we are using a div, redefine imageLeftCell so that the image&lt;br /&gt;
			-- is inside it. Divs use style=&amp;quot;width: 52px;&amp;quot;, which limits the&lt;br /&gt;
			-- image width to 52px. If any images in a div are wider than that,&lt;br /&gt;
			-- they may overlap with the text or cause other display problems.&lt;br /&gt;
			imageLeftCell = imageLeftCell:tag(&#039;div&#039;):css(&#039;width&#039;, &#039;52px&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		imageLeftCell:wikitext(self.imageLeft or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
	elseif self.imageEmptyCell then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Some message boxes define an empty cell if no image is specified, and&lt;br /&gt;
		-- some don&#039;t. The old template code in templates where empty cells are&lt;br /&gt;
		-- specified gives the following hint: &amp;quot;No image. Cell with some width&lt;br /&gt;
		-- or padding necessary for text cell to have 100% width.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
		row:tag(&#039;td&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			:addClass(&#039;mbox-empty-cell&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			:cssText(self.imageEmptyCellStyle or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Add the text.&lt;br /&gt;
	local textCell = row:tag(&#039;td&#039;):addClass(&#039;mbox-text&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then&lt;br /&gt;
		-- The message box uses advanced text parameters that allow things to be&lt;br /&gt;
		-- collapsible. At the moment, only ambox uses this.&lt;br /&gt;
		textCell:cssText(self.textstyle or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
		local textCellDiv = textCell:tag(&#039;div&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		textCellDiv&lt;br /&gt;
			:addClass(&#039;mbox-text-span&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			:wikitext(self.issue or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
		if (self.talk or self.fix) and not self.isSmall then&lt;br /&gt;
			textCellDiv:tag(&#039;span&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
				:addClass(&#039;hide-when-compact&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
				:wikitext(self.talk and (&#039; &#039; .. self.talk) or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
				:wikitext(self.fix and (&#039; &#039; .. self.fix) or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		textCellDiv:wikitext(self.date and (&#039; &#039; .. self.date) or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
		if self.info and not self.isSmall then&lt;br /&gt;
			textCellDiv&lt;br /&gt;
				:tag(&#039;span&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
				:addClass(&#039;hide-when-compact&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
				:wikitext(self.info and (&#039; &#039; .. self.info) or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		if self.removalNotice then&lt;br /&gt;
			textCellDiv:tag(&#039;small&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
				:addClass(&#039;hide-when-compact&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
				:tag(&#039;i&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
					:wikitext(string.format(&amp;quot; (%s)&amp;quot;, self.removalNotice))&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
	else&lt;br /&gt;
		-- Default text formatting - anything goes.&lt;br /&gt;
		textCell&lt;br /&gt;
			:cssText(self.textstyle or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
			:wikitext(self.text or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Add the right-hand image.&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.imageRight then&lt;br /&gt;
		local imageRightCell = row:tag(&#039;td&#039;):addClass(&#039;mbox-imageright&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		if self.imageCellDiv then&lt;br /&gt;
			-- If we are using a div, redefine imageRightCell so that the image&lt;br /&gt;
			-- is inside it.&lt;br /&gt;
			imageRightCell = imageRightCell:tag(&#039;div&#039;):css(&#039;width&#039;, &#039;52px&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		imageRightCell&lt;br /&gt;
			:wikitext(self.imageRight or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Add the below row.&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.below then&lt;br /&gt;
		boxTable:tag(&#039;tr&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			:tag(&#039;td&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
				:attr(&#039;colspan&#039;, self.imageRight and &#039;3&#039; or &#039;2&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
				:addClass(&#039;mbox-text&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
				:cssText(self.textstyle or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
				:wikitext(self.below or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Add error message for invalid type parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
	if self.invalidTypeError then&lt;br /&gt;
		root:tag(&#039;div&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			:css(&#039;text-align&#039;, &#039;center&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
			:wikitext(string.format(&lt;br /&gt;
				&#039;This message box is using an invalid &amp;quot;type=%s&amp;quot; parameter and needs fixing.&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
				self.type or &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
			))&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	-- Add categories.&lt;br /&gt;
	root:wikitext(self:renderCategories() or nil)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	return tostring(root)&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
-- Exports&lt;br /&gt;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
local p, mt = {}, {}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p._exportClasses()&lt;br /&gt;
	-- For testing.&lt;br /&gt;
	return {&lt;br /&gt;
		MessageBox = MessageBox&lt;br /&gt;
	}&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function p.main(boxType, args, cfgTables)&lt;br /&gt;
	local box = MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfgTables or mw.loadData(CONFIG_MODULE))&lt;br /&gt;
	box:setParameters()&lt;br /&gt;
	box:setCategories()&lt;br /&gt;
	return box:export()&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
function mt.__index(t, k)&lt;br /&gt;
	return function (frame)&lt;br /&gt;
		if not getArgs then&lt;br /&gt;
			getArgs = require(&#039;Module:Arguments&#039;).getArgs&lt;br /&gt;
		end&lt;br /&gt;
		return t.main(k, getArgs(frame, {trim = false, removeBlanks = false}))&lt;br /&gt;
	end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
return setmetatable(p, mt)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Myriad jon</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>